Sharp MX-M503 MXM283 MXM363 MXM453 MXM503 Operation Guide
Sharp MX-M503 Manual
View all Sharp MX-M503 manuals
Add to My Manuals
Save this manual to your list of manuals |
Sharp MX-M503 manual content summary:
- Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 1
do MAKE A COPY PRINT A DOCUMENT SEND A FAX SCAN AN IMAGE / SEND AN INTERNET FAX SAVE A JOB AND REUSE IT LATER MAINTAIN THE MACHINE Search using the table of contents BEFORE USING THE MACHINE COPIER PRINTER FACSIMILE SCANNER / INTERNET FAX DOCUMENT FILING SYSTEM SETTINGS TROUBLESHOOTING About - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 2
MAKE A COPY Conserve Reduce copy mistakes Make a copy of this type of original Make a copy on this type of paper 2010/04/04 Add the date or page numbers Assemble output into a pamphlet Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 3
Conserve Copy on both sides of the paper Copy on the front and back of a card Copy multiple pages on one side of one sheet of paper - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 4
Reduce copy mistakes Print one set of copies for proofing Check the number of scanned pages before making copies - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 5
Make a copy of this type of original More original pages than can be loaded at once Bulky original (shadows appear at edges) Book or pamphlet (make facing page copies) Mixed-size originals Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 6
Make a copy on this type of paper Envelopes and other special media Tab Paper 11" x 17" paper Transparency film - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 7
Add the date or page numbers 2010/04/04 Add the date 9 10 11 Add the page number Add a stamp ABCDEFG Add text - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 8
Assemble output into a pamphlet Create a stapled pamphlet Create a blank margin for punching Fold output in half Staple output Punch holes in output - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 9
functions Functions used for specific purposes z Make a copy of arranged photos z Create a large poster z Make a mirror-image copy z Copy onto the center of the paper z Make a negative copy Convenient functions z Use two machines simultaneously z Give priority to a copy job z Check the status - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 10
PRINT A DOCUMENT Conserve Print without a computer Print attractive output Assemble output into a pamphlet Print on this type of paper Add text or an image Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 11
Conserve Print on both sides of the paper Print multiple pages on one side of the paper - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 12
Print without a computer FTP Print a file on an FTP Print a file in a network folder Print a file in a USB memory device Print a file stored in the machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 13
Print attractive output Print matching the size of the paper Bring out faint text and lines Adjust the brightness and contrast - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 14
Assemble output into a pamphlet Create a stapled pamphlet Create a blank margin for punching Print specific pages on the front side of the paper Staple output Punch holes in output - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 15
Print on this type of paper Envelopes Transparency film Rotate the image 180 degrees Tab Paper Print specific pages on different paper - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 16
Add text or an image Add a watermark to print data Overlay a fixed form on the print data Overlay an image on the print data - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 17
image Security is important z Print confidentially z Print an encrypted PDF file Functions used for specific purposes z Print an "invoice copy" z Create a large poster Convenient functions z Give priority to a print job z Use two machines simultaneously z Store frequently used print settings z Store - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 18
SEND A FAX Conserve Send this type of document Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Send a clear document Save trouble Security is important Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 19
Conserve Send when the rate is lowest Send two original pages as a single page Check received data before printing Relay a transmission through a branch office - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 20
Send this type of document Bulky original (shadows appear at edges) More original pages than can be loaded at once Original printed on both sides Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) Mixed-size originals ID card or other card - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 21
Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Check the destination once more before sending Check the log of previous transmissions Check the result of transmission Stamp scanned original pages - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 22
Send a clear document Adjust the exposure Specify the size before sending Adjust the image quality Send without shadows at the edges - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 23
Save trouble Store frequently used settings 1 2 3 XXXX-6789 XXXX-9874 XXXX-4567 XXXX-5432 XXXX-9999 View the transmission log Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) Send to multiple destinations XXXX-6789 XXXX-9874 XXXX-4567 XXXX-5432 XXXX-9999 Easily specify an address ( - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 24
Security is important Check the destination once more before sending Print protected reception data Send a document at the other machine's request Send confidentially Initiate reception of a document from a sending machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 25
Other convenient functions Convenient management functions z Forward a received fax to a network address z Print a list of addresses Convenient functions z Send a thin original z Select a transmission destination from a global address book z Give priority to a transmission z Use an extension phone - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 26
SCAN AN IMAGE / SEND AN INTERNET FAX Send a clear image Send this type of document Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Send a smaller file Save trouble Scan from my computer Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 27
Send a clear image Adjust the contrast or image quality Send without shadows at the edges Adjust the resolution before sending Suppress the background of a transmitted document - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 28
Send this type of document Bulky original (shadows appear at edges) More original pages than can be loaded at once Original printed on both sides Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) Mixed-size originals Original with background - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 29
Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Check the result of transmission Stamp scanned original pages Check the log of previous transmissions - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 30
Send a smaller file Send at low resolution Reduce an image before sending Send two original pages as a single page Compress a file before sending Send an image in black & white ID or other card - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 31
.co View the transmission log [email protected] [email protected] Send an Internet fax from a computer Send to multiple destinations [email protected] [email protected]. [email protected] [email protected]. [email protected] Easily specify an address (search number) Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 32
Other convenient functions Convenient management functions z Forward a received fax to a network address z Print a list of transmission destinations Convenient functions z Scan a thin original z Select a transmission destination from a global address book z Send at a specified time z Give priority - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 33
SAVE A JOB AND REUSE IT LATER Search for a file Organize my files Save an important document Print a batch of files - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 34
Search for a file abc Search for a file using a keyword Search by checking the contents of files - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 35
Organize my files Delete a file Periodically delete files Delete all files Change the folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 36
MAINTAIN THE MACHINE Clean the machine Replace a toner cartridge Replace the staple cartridge Replace the stamp cartridge Replace the toner collection container Dispose of punch waste - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 37
Clean the machine Clean the document glass and automatic document feeder Clean the bypass feed roller Clean the original feed roller - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 38
or you can use a regular table of contents. The following explanation assumes that Adobe Reader 8.0 is being used (Some buttons do not appear in the default state.). Return to top page ( ) Return to previously displayed page ( ) Search based on what you want to do Menu page Search using the table - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 39
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Click a button below to move to the page that you wish to view. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (1) Return to top page button If an operation does not proceed as - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 40
have difficulty using the machine. Printed manuals Manual name Safety Guide Software Setup Guide Quick Start Guide Contents This manual contains instructions for using the machine safely and lists the specifications of the machine and its peripheral devices. This manual explains how to install - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 41
ABOUT OPERATION MANUAL This manual explains how to use the MX-M283N/MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N digital multifunctional system. Please note • For information on installing the drivers and software cited in this manual, please refer to the Software Setup Guide. • For information on your operating - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 42
USER AUTHENTICATION 1-17 • AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER. . . . . 1-17 • AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME / PASSWORD 1-19 HOME SCREEN 1-22 REMOTE OPERATION OF THE MACHINE. . . . . . 1-23 ITEMS RECORDED IN THE JOB LOG 1-24 LOADING PUNCH WASTE 1-54 SHARP OSA 1-57 • APPLICATION COMMUNICATION MODULE 1-57 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 43
. . . 1-62 • CLEANING THE ORIGINAL FEED ROLLER 1-62 REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES 1-63 REPLACING THE TONER COLLECTION CONTAINER 1-66 REPLACING THE STAMP CARTRIDGE 1-68 ENTERING TEXT FUNCTIONS OF THE MAIN KEYS 1-70 • ENTERING TEXT FROM A KEYBOARD . . . . . 1-71 BEFORE USING THE MACHINE 1-2 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 44
AND OFF (page 1-15) ☞ REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES (page 1-63) (3) Paper pass unit* This transfers output to the finisher (large stacker) or saddle stitch finisher. (4) Operation panel This is used to select functions and enter the number of copies. ☞ OPERATION PANEL (page 1-8) * Peripheral device - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 45
keyboard that is incorporated into the machine. When not used, it can be stored under the operation panel. ☞ ENTERING TEXT FROM A KEYBOARD (page 1-71) (11) Saddle stitch finisher* This can be used to staple output. The saddle stitch function for folding and stapling output and the fold function for - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 46
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (18) Toner cartridges These contain toner for printing. When the toner runs out in the cartridge, replace the cartridge with a new cartridge. ☞ REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES (page 1-63) (19) Fusing unit Heat is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 47
area cover Open this cover to remove an original misfeed or clean the paper feed roller. (3) Original guides These help ensure that the original is scanned correctly. Adjust the guides to the width of the original. ☞ PLACING THE ORIGINAL (page 1-38) (4) Document feeder tray Place originals in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 48
a cable to this connector may cause the machine to malfunction. Important note for service technicians: The cable connected to the service connector must be less than 118" (3 m) in length. (5) Power plug (6) Extension phone socket When the fax function of the machine is used, an extension phone can - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 49
settings, store addresses for transmission operations, and adjust parameters to make the machine easier to use fax or Internet fax. This also lights during transmission of an image in scan mode. • DATA indicator This blinks when a received fax or Internet fax cannot be printed because of a problem - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 50
MACHINE (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (9) [START] key Press this key to copy or scan an original. This key is also used to send a fax in fax ☞ USER AUTHENTICATION (page 1-17) (11) [#/P] key ( ) When using the copy function, press this key to use a job program. When using the fax function - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 51
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE TOUCH PANEL This section explains how to use the touch panel. • To enter status screen. DOCUMENT FILING Print Job Job Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Sets / Progress 020 / 001 Status Copying 002 / 000 00B2 e/e0p00 Tone 001 / - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 52
in the base screen. Example 5 Copy Ratio OK 100 25% % 200% 2 50% Zoom 400% 2 75% 150% 100% 300% 350% Auto Image XY Zoom Touch a numeric value display key to directly enter a value with the numeric keys. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Function Review Margin Shift Shift:Right Front - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 53
number of copies completed, and the job status appear. Jobs cannot be manipulated in this screen. Jobs can only be manipulated in the job status screen. For details, see the chapters for each of the functions in this manual. (2) (3) (3) "MFP Status" display This shows machine system information - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 54
MFP Status 020/015 Copying 020/015 Waiting 020/015 Waiting 020/015 Waiting (3) (1) Job status display The job in progress or reserved are indicated by icons. The icons are as follows. Print job Copy job Scan to E-mail job Scan to FTP job Scan to Network Folder job Scan to Desktop job Fax - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 55
appears when the data security kit is being used. This appears while the remote operation function is used. The icon appears when the machine is communicating with an external application. (3) Brightness adjustment key Touch this key to adjust the brightness of the touch panel. When touched, the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 56
the [POWER] key ( ) and the main power switch and unplug the power cord if you suspect a machine failure, if there is a bad thunderstorm nearby, or when you are moving the machine. When using the fax or Internet fax function, always keep the main power switch in the "on" position. Restarting the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 57
the interval of time set in "Preheat Mode Setting" in the system settings (administrator). This keeps the fusing unit at a lower temperature and reduces power consumption while the machine is on standby. The machine automatically wakes up and returns to normal operation when a print job is received - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 58
AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME / PASSWORD (page 1-19) AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER The following procedure is used to log in using a user number received from the administrator of the machine. User Authentication OK Admin Login When controlled by user number Enter your user number (5 to 8 digits - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 59
for 5 minutes if an incorrect user number is entered 3 times in a row. Verify the user number that you should use with the administrator of the machine. The administrator can clear the locked state. This is done from [User Control] and then [Default Settings] in the Web page menu. 1-18 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 60
used to log in using a login name and password received from the administrator of the machine or the administrator of the LDAP server. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name Password Auth to: Login Locally When controlled by login name and password (Different items will appear in the screen - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 61
USING THE MACHINE User Authentication Login Name User Name Password User 0001 Auth to: Login Locally OK Touch the [Password] key. A text entry screen for entering the password will appear. Enter your password that is stored in "User List" in the system settings (administrator). If you - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 62
. Verify the login name and password that you should use with the administrator of the machine. • The administrator can clear the locked state. This is done from [User Control] and then [Default Settings] in the Web page menu. • When LDAP authentication is used, the [E-mail Address] key may appear - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 63
Address Control Paper Tray Settings App 01 App 02 App 03 App 04 My Menu 04/04/2010 11:40 (4) (5) (6) (7) (1) Mode select keys Use these keys to switch between copy, image send, document filing, and Sharp the Web page menu. • System Settings (Administrator): My Menu List When user - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 64
to a network and a VNC application must be installed on your computer (recommended VNC software: RealVNC). The procedure for using this function is as follows: Example: RealVNC Connect from the computer to the machine. 1 (1) Start the VNC viewer (2) Enter the IP address of the machine in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 65
easy to total the usage counts of differently configured machines, the items recorded in the job log are User Name The user name when the user authentication function is used. Login Name The login name when the user of reserved original pages of a copy, print, scan job, or other Pages job. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 66
an image send job. Sender name of an image send job. 28 Sender Address Sender address of an image send job. 29 Transmission Type Transmission type of an image send job. 30 Administrative Serial Administrative serial number of an image send job. Number 31 Broadcast number Broadcast number - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 67
Paper Property: Disable Duplex Paper Property: Fixed Paper Side Paper Property: Disable Staple Paper Property: Disable Punch Duplex Setup Resolution Model Name Unit Serial Number Name Machine Location Description Size of scanned original. For a document filing print job, the paper size of the file - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 68
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE LOADING PAPER IMPORTANT POINTS ABOUT PAPER This section provides information that you should know before loading paper in the paper trays. Be sure to read this section before loading paper. NAMES AND LOCATIONS OF TRAYS The names of the trays are as follows. Tray 1 Tray 2 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 69
the sizes and types of paper that can be loaded in each tray of the machine, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" (page 7-13) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS". Plain paper, special media Plain paper that can be used • SHARP standard plain paper (21 lbs. (80 g/m2)). For paper - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 70
load the paper with the print side face up*. * If "Disabling of Duplex" is enabled in the system settings (administrator), load shaped paper • Stapled paper • Damp machine. Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department for advice on using these types of paper. • The image quality and toner - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 71
sliding them to match the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the paper to be loaded. The guide plates A and B are slidable. Slide each guide plate while squeezing its lock lever. Fan the paper. Fan the paper well before loading it. If the paper is not fanned, multiple sheets may feed at once and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 72
. Push the tray firmly all the way into the machine. 5 If you loaded a different type or size of paper than was loaded previously, be sure to change the "Paper Tray Settings" in the system settings. If these settings are not configured correctly, automatic paper selection will not - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 73
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE TRAY SETTINGS OF TRAY 5 (LARGE CAPACITY TRAY) LOADING PAPER The large capacity tray can hold up to 3500 sheets of 8-1/2" x 11" or A4 size paper (20 lbs. (80 g/m2)). The paper size of tray 5 can only be changed by a SHARP service technician. If you need to change the paper - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 74
. Push the tray firmly all the way into the machine. 4 If you loaded a different type of paper than was loaded previously, be sure to change the paper type setting in "Paper Tray Settings" in the system settings. Do not place heavy objects on the tray - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 75
on the bypass tray or press down on the tray. Set the bypass tray guides to the width of the paper. 2 Insert the paper along the bypass tray guides all the way into the bypass tray until it stops. Load the paper with the print side face down. 3 • Do not force the paper - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 76
THE MACHINE IMPORTANT POINTS WHEN USING THE BYPASS TRAY • When using plain paper other than SHARP standard paper or special media other than SHARP-recommended transparency film, or when printing on the reverse side of previously used paper, the paper must be loaded one sheet at a time. Loading more - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 77
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Loading envelopes When inserting envelopes in the bypass tray, place creasing, smudging, misfeeds, poor toner fusing, or machine failure. Restrictions apply to some types of envelopes. For more information, consult a qualified service technician. Important points when using - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 78
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Fusing unit pressure adjusting levers In some cases damage to the envelopes or smudging may occur even if envelopes within the specifications are used. This problem may be alleviated by shifting the fusing unit pressure adjusting levers from their "normal pressure position" - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 79
sizes (Maximum size that can be specified manually) Copy mode: 11-5/8" (height) x 17" COPIER "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" (page 2-27) ☞ 4. FACSIMILE "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 4-45) ☞ 5. SCANNER / INTERNET FAX "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 5-53) Allowed original weights MX-M363N/M453N/M503N 1-sided copying - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 80
MACHINE Make sure an original does not remain on the document glass. Open the automatic document feeder, make sure that an 1 original is not on the document glass, and then gently close the automatic document feeder. Adjust the original guides scanning any staples or paper making copies. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 81
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE PLACING THE ORIGINAL ON THE DOCUMENT GLASS This section explains how to for the mode you are using. ☞ 2. COPIER "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" (page 2-27) ☞ 4. FACSIMILE "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 4-45) ☞ 5. SCANNER / INTERNET FAX "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 5-53) Open the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 82
copied black, causing excessive use of toner. 3 Placing a thick book When scanning a thick book or other thick original, follow the steps below to press the book down. (1) Push up the far side of the automatic document feeder. The hinges supporting a problem, use the erase function. ☞ 2. COPIER " - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 83
drawer is required. Exit tray unit (Right tray) MX-TRX2 This can be added to the right side of the machine. Finisher MX-FNX9 Output device that enables the use of the staple function and offset function. Punch module MX-PNX1B Punches holes in copies and other output. Requires a finisher - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 84
unit Product number MX-SMX3 MX-FWX1 MX-FXX2 MX-AMX1 MX-AMX3 MX-EBX3 MX-USX1 MX-USX5 MX-US10 MX-US50 MX-USA0 AR-SU1 Description This expands the memory that can be used on the machine. Enables Internet Fax. Adds a fax function. The application integration module can be combined with the network - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 85
you turn on the power and when printing is taking place, as the tray may move up and down. SUPPLIES The finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x 3 cartridges) MX-SCX1 1-44 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 86
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing the staple cartridge Open the cover. 1 While pressing the lever over to the left, slide - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 87
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Slide the finisher back to the right. Gently slide the finisher back to the right until it locks into its original position. 7 Close the cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 88
MACHINE FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) The finisher (large stacker) is equipped with the offset function, which offsets each set of output from the previous set, and the staple sort function, which staples cover to replace the staple cartridge or remove a staple jam. • A paper pass unit is required to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 89
USING THE MACHINE FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing the cartridge Open the front cover. 1 Squeeze the green parts of the staple case - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 90
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Pull the seal that holds the staples straight out. 5 Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Close the front cover. 7 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 1-49 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 91
a finisher. SUPPLIES The saddle stitch finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Finisher unit Saddle stitch unit Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x 3 Staple cartridge (approx. 2000 staples per cartridge x 3 cartridges) MX-SCX1 cartridges) AR-SC3 1-50 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 92
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE SADDLE STITCH FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing the staple cartridge (finisher unit) Open the front cover. 1 While pulling - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 93
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Push the saddle stitch finisher back and latch it to the machine. 7 Close the front cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 1-52 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 94
USING THE MACHINE Replacing the staple cartridge (saddle stitch unit) Before starting this procedure, remove all output from the output tray of the saddle stitch finisher. Do not replace removed output in the output tray. Open the side cover. 1 Remove the empty staple cartridge. 2 Load the new - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 95
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE PUNCH MODULE A punch module can be installed to punch holes in output. To install a punch module, a finisher or saddle stitch finisher is required. DISCARDING PUNCH - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 96
Finisher (large stacker) 1 2 BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Open the front cover of the punch module. Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. Discard the punch waste in a plastic - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 97
Saddle stitch finisher 1 2 3 4 BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Open the front cover. Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. Discard the punch waste in a plastic bag or other container, - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 98
is performed by the standard application, and Scan to FTP, Scan to Network Folder, and HTTPS transmission can be executed. Standard application setup To enable a general application in the Web pages of the machine, click [Application Settings] in the administrator menu frame, and then [External - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 99
used during scanning. EXTERNAL ACCOUNT MODULE (MX-AMX3) The external account module is required to use a "external account application" on the machine. An external external account application in the Web pages of the machine, click [Application Settings] in the administrator menu frame, and then - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 100
the [External Account Control] setting is enabled in "External Account Setting" of "Sharp OSA Settings" in the system settings (administrator), the machine enters external count mode. Unlike external authentication mode, when the machine is started in "external count mode", the login screen of the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 101
machine and replace the toner cartridges and the toner collection container. REGULAR MAINTENANCE To ensure that the machine continues to provide top quality performance, periodically clean the machine becomes dirty, the dirt will appear in the scanned image. Always keep these parts clean. Wipe the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 102
Open the document feeder cover. (2) Open the document feeder tray. (3) Clean the scanning area in the automatic document feeder. (4) Close the document feeder tray. (4) (5) Close the document feeder cover. On the MX-M283N, this cleaning is not necessary. Replace the glass cleaner. 4 1-61 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 103
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE CLEANING THE BYPASS FEED ROLLER If paper misfeeds frequently occur water or a neutral detergent. CLEANING THE ORIGINAL FEED ROLLER If lines or other dirt appear on the scanned original when the automatic document feeder is used, wipe the surface of the roller with a clean - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 104
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES Be sure to replace the toner cartridge when the message "Change the toner cartridge." appears. In copy mode Ready to scan for copy. Ready to scan for copy. (Prepare a new one.) Ready to scan for copy. (Toner supply is low.) When the message - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 105
horizontally toward you. When pulling out the toner cartridge, pull it out gently. If the cartridge is pulled out abruptly, toner may spill out. 2 Hold the toner cartridge with both hands as shown and pull it out of the machine. Remove the new toner cartridge from its packaging and shake it 5 or - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 106
damage to the machine. Be sure to use a SHARP-recommended toner cartridge. • Keep the used toner cartridge in a plastic bag (do not discard it). Your service technician will collect the used toner cartridge. • To view the approximate amount of toner remaining, continually touch the [COPY] key during - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 107
USING THE MACHINE REPLACING THE TONER COLLECTION CONTAINER The toner collection container collects excess toner that is produced during printing. When the toner collection container becomes full, "Replace used toner container." will appear. Follow the procedure below to replace the toner collection - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 108
technician comes to perform maintenance. Your service technician will collect the toner collection container. Install the new toner collection container. 6 Insert the box from above at a slant. Push the toner collection container into the machine. 7 Push the box in until it clicks into - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 109
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE REPLACING THE STAMP CARTRIDGE If a stamp unit (AR-SU1) is installed on the automatic document feeder and the stamp has become faint, replace the stamp cartridge (AR-SV1). Supplies Stamp cartridge (2 in package) AR-SV1 Open the automatic document feeder. 1 Open the holders - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 110
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Install a new stamp cartridge. 5 Push the stamp unit back in. Push the stamp unit in until it clicks into place. 6 Replace the original pressure sheet. Push the holders in until they click into place. 7 Close the automatic document feeder. 8 1-69 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 111
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE ENTERING TEXT This section explains the text entry screen. FUNCTIONS OF THE MAIN KEYS Key Caps Shift Enter Other Language Space AltGr Characters Symbols Pre- - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 112
in "MFP Display Language Setting" in the system settings (administrator). • The following symbols cannot be used when entering a file name or folder name be used as a alternative for the text entry screen that appears in the machine's touch panel. The layout of the keys in the text entry screen in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 113
of the procedures for using the copy function. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE AS A COPIER BASE SCREEN OF COPY MODE 2-3 COPYING SEQUENCE 2-6 ORIGINALS 2-9 • CHECKING THE ORIGINAL SIZE 2-9 PAPER TRAYS 2-11 BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES MAKING COPIES 2-12 • USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 114
113 • REVERSING WHITE AND BLACK IN A COPY (B/W Reverse 2-115 ADJUSTING THE SHARPNESS OF AN IMAGE (Sharpness 2-117 CHECKING COPIES BEFORE PRINTING (Proof Copy 2-118 CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE COPYING (Original Count 2-121 COPYING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 115
the machine as a copier. BASE SCREEN OF COPY MODE Touch the [COPY] key in the touch panel to open the base screen of copy mode. The base screen shows messages and keys necessary for copying, and settings that have been selected. (7) (8) (1) COPY IMAGE SEND Ready to scan for copy. DOCUMENT - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 116
display This shows the size of paper loaded in each tray. For the bypass tray copying function. ☞ AUTOMATIC 2-SIDED COPYING (page 2-16) (12) [Output] key Touch this to select an output function such as sort, group, offset, staple sort, saddle stitch, punch, or fold. ☞ OUTPUT (page 2-31) COPIER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 117
Special Modes 2-Sided Copy Output Erase Margin Shift Mirror Image Preview These 3 keys can be changed as desired. System Settings (Administrator): Customize Key Setting Registration is performed in [System Settings] - [Operation Settings] - "Customize Key Setting" in the Web page menu. Checking - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 118
IMAGE TYPE (page 2-21) • Copy ratio ☞REDUCTION/ENLARGEMENT/ZOOM (page 2-23) • Original size ☞ORIGINAL SIZES (page 2-27) • Paper Settings ☞PAPER TRAYS (page 2-11) Preview 2-Sided Copy 2-sided copy settings Select settings as needed for 2-sided copying and 2-sided OK scanning of the original - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 119
Tray Offset Sort Staple Sort Group COPIER Output settings Select copy output settings. OK Right Tray The main settings are as follows: • Sort mode ☞Sort mode (page 2-33) • Group mode ☞Group mode (page 2-33) • Offset mode ☞Offset function (page 2-33) • Staple sort mode ☞Staple sort function - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 120
COPIER • When one or more special modes are selected, the key appears is pressed, all settings selected to that point are cleared and you will return to the base screen. To stop scanning of the original and copying, press the [STOP] key ( ). When the [STOP] key ( ) is pressed, a message will appear - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 121
x11 Plain Special Modes 2-Sided Copy Output File Quick File Preview machine can automatically detect. The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default not appear. In this event, manually set the correct original size. ☞ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 122
USING THE MACHINE". [Example 1] Document feeder tray abc Place the originals with the corners aligned here. Document glass abc [Example 2] Document feeder tray Place the originals with the corners aligned here. Document glass abc abc Automatic copy image rotation (Rotation Copy) If the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 123
type of paper, that tray will be automatically selected and the copy job will continue. To return to automatic paper tray selection after selecting a tray manually, press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Initial Status Settings (Paper Tray) Use this setting to change the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 124
COPIER BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES This section explains the basic procedures for making copies, including selection of the copy ratio and other copy settings. MAKING COPIES USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER TO MAKE COPIES This section explains how to make copies (1-sided copies Copy Copy - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 125
COPIER 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 3 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of copies. If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 126
COPIER MAKING A COPY USING THE DOCUMENT GLASS To make a copy of a book or other thick original that cannot be scanned with the automatic document feeder, open the automatic document feeder and place the original on the document glass. This section explains how to make a copy (1-sided copy of a 1- - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 127
the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [START] key. 4 Normally copying will start. Depending on the copy settings (2-sided copying, etc.), copying may not begin until all originals have been scanned. In this case, go to the next step. 5 Remove the original and place the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 128
COPIER AUTOMATIC 2-SIDED COPYING USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER TO MAKE 2-SIDED COPIES Originals Copies Originals Copies Originals Copies Automatic 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals Automatic 2-sided copying of 2-sided originals 1-sided copying of 2-sided originals Indicator line - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 129
manually. 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 5 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • If you are only making a single copy, the copy can be made with the copy 6 To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 130
THE DOCUMENT GLASS Originals Copies COPIER Automatic 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals Original size detector Open feeder. If left open, parts outside of the original will be copied black, causing excessive use of toner. Do not place any objects under the original size detector. Closing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 131
is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 5 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 132
COPIER Place next original. Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. Read-End 8 To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Initial Status Settings (2-Sided Copy) The default 2-sided copy mode can be - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 133
the base screen of copy mode and follow the steps below. Exposure Auto Manual 1 3 5 Original Image Type Text Text/ Prtd.Photo Printed Photo Photo OK Text/Photo Map Select the original image type. Touch the appropriate original image type key for the original. Scan Resolution ● Original - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 134
used to change the default original image type. • System Settings (Administrator): Copy Exposure Adjustment The exposure level used for automatic exposure adjustment can be adjusted. • System Settings (Administrator): 600dpiX600dpi Scanning Mode for Document Feeder/Quick Scan from Document Glass The - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 135
highlighted. • To return the ratio to 100%... To return the ratio setting to 100%, touch the [Copy Ratio] key to display the ratio menu and then touch the [100%] key. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Status Settings (Copy Ratio) This is used to change the default copy ratio. 2-23 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 136
COPIER MANUALLY SELECTING THE RATIO (Preset ratios/Zoom) Touch the [Copy Ratio] key in the base screen of copy mode to to show any ratio using "Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios" in the system settings (administrator). • To quickly select a ratio, touch a reduction or enlargement key to select a - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 137
COPIER 2 Copy Ratio OK 11x17 8½x11 64% 8½x11 5½x8½ 11x17 8½x14 77% 8½x14 8½x11 75 To return the ratio setting to 100%, touch the [Copy Ratio] key to display the ratio menu and then touch the [100%] key. System Settings (Administrator): Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios Two enlargement preset - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 138
COPIER ENLARGING/REDUCING THE LENGTH AND WIDTH SEPARATELY (XY Zoom) The XY Zoom feature allows the horizontal and vertical copy ratios to be changed separately. Both the horizontal and vertical ratios can be set from 25% to 400% in increments of 1%. Touch the [Copy Ratio] key in the base screen of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 139
COPIER ORIGINAL SIZES SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE When the original size is a non-standard size or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. Touch the [Original] key in the base screen of copy mode and then follow the steps below. Specifying an inch original size (1) (2) - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 140
Original Size Input 2 COPIER (1), (2) (3) OK Cancel OK X 17 (1~17) inch Y 11 (1~11 5/8) inch Enter can be stored. Touch the [Original] key in the base screen of copy mode and then follow the steps below. 1 Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Size Input 8½x14 8½x11R 8½x13 8½x14 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 141
COPIER Original Custom Size X15½ Y 8½ Store the original size. OK OK (1) Touch the [Store/Delete] tab. (2) Touch a key for storing a custom original size. Touch a key that - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 142
COPIER Retrieving a stored original size To retrieve a stored original size, touch the [Original] key in the base screen of copy mode and perform the steps below. 1 Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Size Input 8½x14 8½x11R 8½x13 8½x14 11x17 8½x13 Custom Size OK AB Inch Touch the [Custom - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 143
and fold each set of copies at the centerline. ☞ Staple sort function / Saddle stitch function (page 2-34) When this key is touched, the saddle stitch setting screen appears. (Only when "Automatic Saddle Stitch" is enabled in the system settings (administrator).) (10) [Punch] key This is used to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 144
COPIER The above screen shows the keys that appear when a saddle stitch finisher is installed. The keys that appear will vary depending on what peripheral devices - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 145
COPIER Group mode This function groups copies by page. Example: Groups of 5 copies of each page Originals Output Set the number of copies (5). Set the number of copies document feeder. • When the Quick File Folder for document filing is full, copying of a large number of originals using the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 146
COPIER Staple sort function / Saddle stitch function The staple sort function sorts output into sets, staples each set, and delivers the sets to the tray. The saddle stitch function staples each set in 2 places at the centerline and folds the stapled set. The relations between the stapling positions - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 147
COPIER • The number of sheets that can be stapled at once includes any covers and/or inserts that are inserted. • When Mixed Size Original in the special modes is used with the "Same Width" setting, the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 25 for a saddle stitch finisher or 30 for a - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 148
Fold copies inside. Fold Outside • Special media such as transparency film and tab paper cannot be used. • When the paper folding function is selected, the staple or hole punch function cannot be used. • When two-sided printing is disabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 149
COPIER Punch function If an optional punch module is installed, holes can be punched in stitch or paper folding function together. Original placement orientation (for the staple sort and punch functions) When using the staple sort function or the punch function, the original must be placed as - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 150
. If left open, parts outside of the original will be copied black, causing excessive use of toner. Place paper in the bypass tray. Insert the paper with print side face down. However, if the paper type is "Letter Head" or "Pre-Printed", load the paper with the print side face up*. * If "Disabling - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 151
COPIER 4 Paper Select Paper Tray 1. 8½x11 Plain 2. 8½x11R Plain 3. 8½x14 Plain 4. Touch this key if you wish to enter numeric values for the size of the loaded paper. ☞ Enter the paper size of the bypass tray (page 2-40) [Manual] key This key can be touched to display the [16K], [16KR], and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 152
time. 8 When using sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then press the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Enter the paper size of the bypass tray When the [Custom Size] key is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 153
Dual Page Copy) (page 2-48) (4) [Pamphlet Copy] key ☞ MAKING COPIES IN PAMPHLET FORMAT (Pamphlet Copy) (page 2-50) (5) [Job Build] key ☞ COPYING A LARGE NUMBER OF ORIGINALS AT ONCE (Job Build) (page 2-53) (6) [Tandem Copy] key ☞ USING TWO MACHINES TO MAKE A LARGE NUMBER OF COPIES (Tandem Copy) (page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 154
Slow Scan Count Original Mode COPIER (1) [Stamp] key ☞ PRINTING THE DATE AND A STAMP ON COPIES (Stamp) (page 2-84) (2) [Image Edit] key ☞ [Image Edit] KEY (page 2-104) (3) [Sharpness] key ☞ ADJUSTING THE SHARPNESS OF AN IMAGE (Sharpness) (page 2-117) (4) [File] key This saves a job in a folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 155
COPIER [OK] key and [Cancel] key In some cases two [OK] keys and one 1/2 1/2 (0~1) (0~1) inch inch (A) Enter the selected special mode settings and return to the base screen of copy mode. (B) Enter the selected special mode settings and return to the special modes menu screen. Touch this key - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 156
COPIER ADDING MARGINS (Margin Shift) This function is used to shift the copy image right, left or down to adjust the margin. This is convenient when you wish to bind the copies with a string or in a binder. Shifting the image to the right so the copies can be bound at the left edge with a string - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 157
scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Rotation copy cannot be used in combination with margin shift. To cancel the margin shift setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 3. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Margin Shift Setting The default margin - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 158
COPIER ERASING PERIPHERAL SHADOWS (Erase) The erase function is used to erase shadows around the edges of copies that occur when copying thick originals or books. When a thick book is copied Not using the erase function Using the erase function Shadows appear here Erase modes Edge Erase - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 159
COPIER (1) Special Modes Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key 3. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 160
COPIER COPYING EACH FACING PAGE OF A BOUND DOCUMENT (Dual Page Copy) The dual page copy function produces separate copies of two document pages that are placed side by side on the document glass. This function is useful when making copies of the facing pages of a book or other bound document. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 161
, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and 4 then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • When using dual page copy, the original must be placed on the document glass. • To erase shadows - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 162
COPIER MAKING COPIES IN PAMPHLET FORMAT (Pamphlet Copy) This function copies 2 original pages onto the front side and 2 original pages onto the reverse side of each sheet of paper so that the copies can be folded at the centerline to form a pamphlet. This function is convenient for arranging - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 163
COPIER Special Modes Pamphlet Copy OK Cancel OK 3 Original 1-Sided 2-Sided Left Binding Right Binding Cover Setting (1) (2) (3) Select pamphlet copy settings. (1) If the original is 1-sided, touch the [1-Sided] key. If the original is 2-sided, touch the [2-Sided] key. (2) Select the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 164
will not be possible to select "Divide". You can either continue pamphlet copying without stapling, or cancel the job. To cancel pamphlet copy... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 3. System Settings (Administrator): Automatic Saddle Stitch When a saddle stitch finisher is installed, this - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 165
single job, you are saved the trouble of sorting the copies that would be required if the originals were divided into separate copy jobs. When scanning originals in sets, divide the sheets so that no set has more than the number of paper that can be loaded, and then scan from the set with the first - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 166
... Press the [STOP] key ( ). All scanned data will be cleared. Place next original and press [Start]. to change copy settings, press [Change]. Touch the [Read-End] key. 5 Change Read-End To cancel copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). If the Quick File Folder of document filing mode is full - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 167
begin using the changed copy settings. To cancel the copy setting changes and begin copying without Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview scanning the new originals, touch the [Read-End] key. • The original size cannot be changed manually with the [Original - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 168
to the network, this function can only be used to have one other machine share a job. • To use the tandem copy function, "Tandem Connection Setting" must be configured in the system settings (administrator). • When configuring the system settings in the master machine, the IP address of the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 169
COPIER Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. When the [START] key is pressed, the copies will automatically be divided between the master and slave machines. 3 If an odd number of copies is set, the master machine will print the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 170
COPIER In this situation... A punch module is installed on the master machine but not on the slave machine. •Copying without punching: tandem copy is possible. •Copying with punching: tandem copy is not possible. In this way, if tandem copying is executed using a function that the slave machine does - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 171
and inserts. To keep the explanations simple, covers and inserts are explained separately. For specific examples, see "Examples of covers and inserts" (page 2-142). Preparations for using covers and inserts • Load the cover/insert paper in the tray before using the cover/insert function. • Before - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 172
COPIER INSERTING COVERS IN COPIES (Cover Settings) A different type of paper can be inserted at the positions corresponding to the front and back covers of a copy job. This is useful for arranging documents in an attractive format and for using a different type of paper as a cover on an estimate - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 173
COPIER (3) (2) (1) (4) Covers/Inserts Front Cover Setting Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 8½x11 Plain (A) (B) Print on Front Cover Yes No 1-Sided 2-Sided 4 Select cover settings. (1) If the cover sheet will be copied on, touch the [Yes] key. Otherwise, touch the [No] key. If the [No] - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 174
cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • This function cannot be used in combination with the saddle stitch function. • The document glass cannot be used. • Cover settings cannot be selected if insertion of covers and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator). To - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 175
COPIER INSERTING INSERT SHEETS IN COPIES (Insert Settings) You can have different paper automatically inserted as inserts at specified pages of copies. Two types of paper can be used as inserts, and the insertion positions can be specified separately for each. Covers can be used in combination - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 176
COPIER (3) (2) (1) (4) Covers/Inserts Insertion Type A Settings Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 8½x11 Plain (A) (B) Print on Insert Sheets Yes No 1-Sided 2-Sided 4 Select insert settings. (1) If the insert will be copied on, touch the [Yes] key. Otherwise, touch the [No] key. If the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 177
COPIER 6 Special Modes Covers/Inserts Cover Setting Front Cover Back Cover sided originals)" (page 2-147) and "Inserts (copying of 2-sided originals)" (page 2-147). The [CLEAR] key ( ) can be pressed to return the setting of the selected item to the default value. If you make a mistake, press the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 178
) (page 2-67) Press the [START] key. Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. 9 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • Use and inserts is disabled in the system settings (administrator). To cancel cover sheet insertion... Touch the [Cancel] key in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 179
COPIER CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS (Page Layout) Cover settings and insert settings can be combined. This section explains how to check completed cover and insert insertion - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 180
COPIER Example: Touch insert A at page 4 Covers/Inserts Page Layout OK Insertion Type A 4/- changed in the same way as they are initially configured. See step 4 of "INSERTING COVERS IN COPIES (Cover Settings)" (page 2-60) to change the cover settings. After changing the settings, touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 181
COPIER 5 Covers/Inserts Insertion Modify Insertion Type A Tray 1 8½x11 Plain Insertion changed in the same way as they are initially configured. See step 7 of "INSERTING INSERT SHEETS IN COPIES (Insert Settings)" (page 2-63) to change the insert settings. After changing the settings, touch the [ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 182
COPIER ADDING INSERTS WHEN COPYING ON TRANSPARENCY FILM (Transparency Inserts) When copying on transparency film, if the film is oriented vertically. • After loading the transparency film, configure the bypass tray settings as explained in "MAKING COPIES USING THE BYPASS TRAY" (page 2-38). 2 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 183
COPIER (1) (2) Special Modes Transparency Inserts OK Cancel OK 4 Paper Tray Tray1 8½x11 Plain Print on Insert Sheets Yes No (A) Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. 5 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Select insert settings. (1) Select whether or not the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 184
COPIER COPYING MULTIPLE ORIGINALS ONTO ONE SHEET (Multi Shot) Multiple original pages can be copied onto a single sheet of paper in a uniform layout. Select 2in1 to copy two original pages onto one sheet, or 4in1 to copy four original pages onto one sheet. This function is convenient when you wish - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 185
and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned 4 and then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). When using the multi shot function, the appropriate copy ratio will be automatically set based on the original size, paper size - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 186
COPIER COPYING A PAMPHLET (Book Copy) This function is used to make a copy of the two facing pages of an open book or other bound document. Copies made with this function can be folded at the center to create a booklet. This function is convenient for arranging copies into an attractive booklet or - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 187
COPIER (1) Special Modes Book Copy (2) OK Cancel OK 2 Left Right Binding Binding Cover Setting Select book copy the system settings (administrator). (2) (1) (3) Book Copy Cover Setting Paper Tray 11" x 17" (A3) size plain paper is loaded in the bypass tray. To change the paper tray for - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 188
. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Place the original face down on the document glass. 5 Place the opened front cover and back cover face down. Press the [START] key to scan the first original. Scanning begins. Scan the remaining original pages in the following order: Opened - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 189
next original. Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Read-End To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). COPIER Touch the [Read-End] key. Copying will begin. • Four original pages will be copied onto each sheet of paper. Blank pages will be automatically added at the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 190
COPIER COPYING CAPTIONS ONTO TAB PAPER (Tab Copy) Captions can be copied onto the tabs of tab paper. Prepare appropriate originals for the tab captions. Tab copy first. • Document glass Loading tab paper Reverse side 1 Place so that the side with the tab text is on the left. Load the tab paper so - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 191
COPIER Tab copying with a right binding Originals Originals Placing the originals • Document feeder tray Loading tab paper 1 1 Final image Insert the originals so that the side with no tab text enters first. • Document glass 1 Reverse side Load the tab paper so that the tab on the first - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 192
and then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel tab copy... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 3. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Tab Copy Setting The default image shift width can be set from 0" to 5/8" (0 mm to 20 mm - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 193
COPIER COPYING BOTH SIDES OF A CARD ON ONE SHEET OF PAPER (Card Shot) When copying a card, this function allows you to copy the front and reverse sides together onto a single sheet of paper. This function is convenient for making copies for identification purposes and helps save paper. Front - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 194
COPIER (1) Special Modes Card administrator). (2) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy scan the front side of the card. 5 To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Turn the card over and press the [START] key to scan the reverse side of the card. 6 To cancel scanning - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 195
the document glass. • Copying is only possible on standard size paper. • XY Zoom cannot be used when using this function. • The image cannot be rotated when using this function. To cancel card shot... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Card Shot Settings - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 196
COPIER PRINTING THE DATE AND A STAMP ON COPIES (Stamp) Use this function to print the date, a stamp, the page number, and text on copies. In addition, specific text can be added to a copy as a watermark (Watermark). Six printing positions are available: top left, top center, top right, bottom left, - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 197
COPIER GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR USING STAMP To select stamp settings, follow the steps below. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 198
COPIER COPIES (Date) (page 2-88) Stamp: STAMPING COPIES (Stamp) (page 2-90) Page numbering: PRINTING PAGE NUMBERS ON COPIES (Page Numbering) (page 2-92) Text: PRINTING TEXT ON COPIES Copying the base screen of copy mode. To edit a stamp position page 2-100) • When copying on covers/inserts is not - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 199
COPIER Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you 7 have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 200
COPIER ADDING THE DATE TO COPIES (Date) The date can be printed on copies. The position of the date, format, and page (first page only or all pages) can be prevent entry. • Changing the date here will not change the date that is set in the machine using "Clock" in the system settings. 2-88 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 201
/MM/DD MM/DD/YYYY DD/MM/YYYY MM DD, YYYY COPIER Cancel OK APR/04/2010 Date Change First Page All Pages Select 5 of "GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR USING STAMP" (page 2-85) to complete the copy procedure. To cancel the date print setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 2. 2-89 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 202
COPIER STAMPING COPIES (Stamp) Text such as "CONFIDENTIAL" can be printed in white on a dark background as a "stamp" on copies. The position, size, density, and pages (first page only or all pages) can be selected for a stamp. Printing "CONFIDENTIAL" in the top left corner of a copy CONFIDENTIAL - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 203
COPIER 3 Stamp Stamp CONFIDENTIAL FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel OK Exposure 1 23 Size Larger Smaller First - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 204
the total pages manually, such as when a large number of originals are divided into sets for scanning, touch the [Manual] key to selected item to the default value. If you make a mistake, press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. • When 2-sided copying is performed, the total - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 205
COPIER 3 Stamp Page Numbering Page Numbering Format 1,2,3.. (1),(2),(3).. -1-,-2-,-3-.. P.1,P.2,P.3.. ,,.. 1/5,2/5,3/5.. Cancel OK Total Page Auto Manual of the selected item to the default value. If you make a copy sheet (the 3rd original page). 5 Stamp Page Number Auto Manual - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 206
COPIER (1) Stamp Covers/Inserts Counting Count Front Cover Count Inserts Count Back are printed on covers/inserts if the covers/inserts are counted and if they are copied on. 7 Stamp Page Number Auto Manual OK First Number 1 Last Number Auto Printing Starts from Page 1 Covers/Inserts Counting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 207
COPIER • When Page Numbering is selected, copying in group mode is not possible. The mode automatically changes to sort mode. • When the page number printing position is set to the right side or left side and pamphlet copy or book copy is used, the print position is changed so that the page numbers - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 208
) Entered text can be printed on copies. Up to 30 frequently used text strings can be stored. Example: Printing "April 2010 Planning Meeting" in the top left corner of the paper April 2010 Planning Meeting COPIER 1 Touch the [Text] key in the stamp selection screen. See steps 1 to 4 of "GENERAL - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 209
COPIER 4 Stamp Text AAA AAA Cancel OK First Page Pre-Set STAMP" (page 2-85) to complete the copy procedure. Text settings can also be configured in the Web pages. Click [Application Settings], [Copy settings] and then [Text Settings (Stamp)] in the Web page menu. To cancel a text setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 210
, and deleting text strings COPIER 1 Touch the [Text] entry screen will close. • To edit or delete a text string, follow the instructions below. To edit or delete a text string... 3 • When the key Web pages. Click [Application Settings], [Copy settings] and then [Text Settings (Stamp)] in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 211
.01 AAA AAA No.03 CCC CCC No.05 No.07 No.09 No.02 BBB BBB No.04 No.06 No.08 No.10 COPIER Touch the [Back] key. Back You will return to the screen of step 2. To copy using a stored text string, continue from step 2 of 1 "PRINTING TEXT ON - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 212
COPIER CHECKING THE STAMP LAYOUT (Layout) After stamp items have been selected, you ] key can only be touched when stamp items have been selected. Stamp Layout 2 AAA AAA CONFIDENTIAL OK DO NOT COPY 1,2,3.. If the layout is correct, touch the [OK] key. Touch the key of the stamp item that you - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 213
COPIER Stamp Move Select the location to move the selected item. 4 Touch the key of the desired destination OK position. has been already selected to this location. Overwrite the item? No Yes Stamp Layout 6 OK AAA AAA CONFIDENTIAL DO NOT COPY 1,2,3.. Touch the [OK] key. 2-101 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 214
COPIER ADDING A WATERMARK TO A COPY (Watermark) When making a copy, specific text can be added to the copy as a watermark. The density CONFIDENTIAL FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel Exposure 1 23 Angle (+90 ~ -90) 45 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 215
COPIER 3 Stamp Watermark CONFIDENTIAL FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel Exposure 1 23 Angle (+90 ~ -90 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 216
COPIER [Image Edit] KEY When the [Image Edit] key is touched in the 2nd special modes menu screen, the image edit menu screen opens. Image edit menu screen Special Modes OK Stamp Image Edit Sharpness File 2 Quick File Proof Copy 2 Original Count Mixed Size Original Slow Scan Mode - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 217
COPIER REPEATING PHOTOS ON A COPY (Photo Repeat) Photo Repeat is used to create repeated images of a photo-size original (3" x 5" size, 5" size, 65 mm x 70 mm size or 57 mm x 100 mm size)) on a single sheet of copy paper as shown below. Up to 24 images (when the image is 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" size (65 mm - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 218
COPIER Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. 2 (2) Touch change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and 4 then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • The original must be placed on - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 219
COPIER CREATING A LARGE POSTER (Multi-Page Enlargement) This function is used to enlarge an image of an original and print it as a composite image using multiple sheets of paper. Original (8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size) Copy (enlarged image on 8 sheets of 11" x 17" (A3) paper) Select the special modes. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 220
COPIER (B) Ready to scan for copy. Copies will be delivered in 2 parts. Image Edit OK Multi- , and a B size original cannot be enlarged to an A size. • To print a borderline around the copy image, touch the [Border Print] key so that it is highlighted. Place the original face down on the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 221
COPIER 4 ] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and 5 then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • and ratio cannot be selected manually.) • If no paper trays have the size of paper that was automatically selected, "Load XXX paper" will appear - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 222
feature is used to make a copy that is a mirror image of the original. COPIER Original Mirror image copy 1 Place the original. Place the START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 223
COPIER COPYING 11" x 17" ORIGINALS WITH NO EDGE CUT-OFF (11" x 17" Full Bleed) This feature lets you copy an entire 11" x A3) size. 11" x 17" (A3) size original 12" x 18" (A3W) full bleed copy Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 224
COPIER Place 12" x 18" (A3W) paper in the bypass tray. 4 Pull out the extension tray, adjust the guides to the width of 12" x 18" (A3W) paper, and place the paper in the bypass tray. After loading the paper, configure the bypass tray settings as explained in "MAKING COPIES USING THE BYPASS TRAY - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 225
COPIER COPYING IN THE CENTER OF THE PAPER (Centering) This is used to center the copied image on the paper base screen of copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 226
COPIER • The image can be reduced when using the centering function, but not enlarged. • When the original size or the paper size is displayed as a special - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 227
COPIER REVERSING WHITE AND BLACK IN A COPY (B/W Reverse) This is used to reverse black and white in a copy to create a negative image. Originals with large black areas (which use a large amount of toner) can be copied using Black/White Reverse to reduce toner consumption. Originals B/W Reverse - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 228
COPIER When this function is selected, the "Original Image Type" setting for exposure adjustment automatically changes to "Text". To cancel B/W reverse... Touch the [B/W Reverse] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. 2-116 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 229
the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). When this function is selected, the exposure adjustment setting automatically changes to manual adjustment. Automatic exposure adjustment cannot be selected. To cancel the sharpness setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 230
settings in the base screen. Special Modes (3) (2) (4) OK 3 Stamp Image Edit Sharpness File 2 Quick File Proof Copy 2 Original Count Mixed Size Original Slow Scan Mode Select Proof Copy. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. ☞ SPECIAL MODES (page 2-41) (2) Touch the screens. keys - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 231
CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [START] key. One set of copies is printed. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple originals, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all 5 pages have been scanned and then touch the [Read-End] key. One set of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 232
Touch the [End] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode and the remaining sets will be printed. 9 Change End To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). If Proof Copy is executed while the machine is printing another job, the other job is interrupted and the proof - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 233
line on the tray. (3) Special Modes (2) (4) OK 2 Stamp Image Edit Sharpness File 2 Quick File Proof Copy 2 Original Count Mixed Size Original Slow Scan Mode Press the [START] key. 3 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Select Original Count. (1) Touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 234
COPIER 4 130 pages of original have been scanned. Copy the scanned data? Cancel OK After scanning is finished, check the number of sheets that were scanned and touch the [OK] key. Copying will begin. • When job build mode is used, the number of scanned sheets appears when the [Read-End] key is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 235
COPIER COPYING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size Original) Even when 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) originals are mixed in with 11" x 17" (A3) originals, all originals can be copied at once. When scanning the originals, the machine ) are selected) Originals 11" x 17" Copies 8-1/2" x 14" 11" x 17" 11 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 236
COPIER 11" x 17" (A3) Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. ● When "Same Width" is used Place the originals with the ] key or the [Different Width] key as appropriate for the originals. (2) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. 2-124 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 237
. 4 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). COPIER • When [Different Width] is selected on the MX-M283N, the "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" settings of automatic 2-Sided copying cannot be used. • When [Different Width] is selected, the staple function cannot be - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 238
(3) (2) (4) OK 2 Stamp Image Edit Sharpness File 2 Quick File Proof Copy 2 Original Count Mixed Size Original Slow Scan Mode Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. 3 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Select Slow Scan Mode. (1) Touch the [Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 239
COPIER The "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" modes of automatic 2-sided copying cannot be used. To cancel the slow scan mode setting... Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key in the screen of step 2 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode This is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 240
COPIER CONVENIENT COPY FUNCTIONS This section explains convenient copy functions such as interrupting a copy run, changing the order of reserved copy jobs, and storing copy settings in a program. INTERRUPTING A COPY RUN (Interrupt copy) When you need to make an urgent copy and the machine is busy - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 241
COPIER • If user authentication is enabled, the login screen will appear when the [Interrupt] key is pressed. Enter your user name and password to log in. The number of copies made will be added to the count of the user that logged in. • Depending on the settings of the job in progress, the [ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 242
COPIER CHECKING A PREVIEW IMAGE OF A COPY (Preview) You can touch the [Preview] key so that it is highlighted in the base screen and then scan the original to check a preview image of the copy in the touch panel before printing the copy. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 243
COPIER To cancel the operation... Press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Default Preview You can set the default state of the [Preview] key to always selected (highlighted). Enable this setting if you wish to check a preview image each time you make a copy. 2-131 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 244
COPIER PREVIEW SCREEN The preview screen is explained below. Preview (1) 0001 /0010 (2) (1) Preview image A preview image of the scanned original that are displayed are as follows: • 2-sided copying • Pamphlet copy • Book copy • Staple (including saddle stitch) function • Punch function • - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 245
the key was pressed appears. Example: Pressing the key in copy mode JOB STATUS Print Job Job Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / Progress 020 / 001 Status Copying 002 / 000 Waiting 1 1 002 / 000 Waiting 001 / 000 Waiting Spool - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 246
PDF jobs that are waiting for a password to be entered. This section explains the job queue screen and the completed jobs screen, which are related to copy Job Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / Progress 020 / 001 Status Copying 002 / 000 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 247
. "Toner Empty" The toner cartridge is out of toner. Replace the toner cartridge with a new cartridge. "Paper Empty" The paper used for the job has run out. Add paper or change to a different paper tray. "Limit" The copy page limit has been exceeded. Check with the administrator of the machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 248
COPIER CANCELING A JOB THAT IS WAITING IN THE QUEUE A copy job that is waiting to be printed can be canceled. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Cancel the job. Print Job Job Queue 1 Computer01 2 Copy 3 Computer02 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 249
first. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Give the desired job priority. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) Touch the [Print Job] tab. 2 Job Queue 1 Computer01 2 Copy 3 Computer02 4 0312345678 Sets / Progress 020 / 001 002 / 000 002 / 000 001 / 000 Status - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 250
COPIER CHECKING INFORMATION ON A COPY JOB WAITING IN THE QUEUE Detailed information can be displayed on a copy job waiting in the queue. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Print Job Job Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 251
can be stored. The job programs are retained even if an interruption occurs in the power supply. • Job programs can also be stored in the Web pages. Click [Job program] and then [Copy] in the Web page menu to store a job program. 2-139 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 252
COPIER STORING (EDITING/DELETING) A JOB PROGRAM The procedures for storing copy settings in a job program and deleting a job program are explained below. 1 LOGOUT Job Programs Press program number. 1 2 4 5 2 7 8 10 11 Recall Exit 3 1 4 6 9 12 Store/Delete Press - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 253
COPIER To store, make selections and press [OK], to delete, press [Cancel]. Cancel OK Select the copy settings that you wish to Special Modes store in the job program and touch the 2-Sided Copy you have finished, touch the [OK] key. Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto Paper Select Auto 8½x11 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 254
COPIER APPENDIX Examples of covers and inserts The relations between the originals and finished copies when covers or inserts are inserted are shown on the following pages. Covers • 1-sided copying of 1-sided originals • 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals • 1-sided copying of 2-sided - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 255
1-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 No copying 2-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 6 COPIER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 256
1-sided copying 2 1 3 5 4 No copying 2-sided copying 2 1 3 5 4 5 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 copying 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 6 6 6 COPIER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 257
1-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 No copying 2-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 6 COPIER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 258
No copying 1-sided copying 2 1 3 No copying 2-sided copying 2 1 3 5 4 6 4 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 3 copying 6 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 3 4 5 copying 6 4 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-146 COPIER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 259
COPIER Inserts (copying of 1-sided originals) 1-sided and 2-sided copying of the following 1-sided originals. The example of adding an insert at the 3rd sheet is shown. (when "Insertion Page" is set to "3" in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 260
MACHINE 3-3 PRINTING FROM WINDOWS BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE 3-4 • SELECTING THE PAPER 3-6 • PRINTING ON ENVELOPES 3-7 PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED . . . . 3-8 VIEWING PRINTER DRIVER • CREATING A PAMPHLET (Pamphlet/Pamphlet Staple 3-32 • INCREASING THE MARGIN (Margin - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 261
3-72 APPENDIX PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST 3-73 PRINTING WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE. . . . 3-57 • DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE ON AN FTP SERVER 3-58 • DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN USB MEMORY 3-59 • DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN A NETWORK FOLDER 3-61 DIRECTLY - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 262
It is recommended that you use the PCL6 printer driver. If you have a problem printing from older software using the PCL6 printer driver, use the PCL5e printer driver. Macintosh PS This printer driver supports the PostScript 3 page description language developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated, and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 263
printing may vary depending on the software application. Open the printer driver properties window. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. • If the printer drivers appear as icons, click the icon of the printer driver to be used. • If the printer drivers appear as a list, select the name - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 264
. 3 (3) • Make sure the paper size is the same as the paper size set in the software application. • Up to eight custom paper sizes can be stored. Storing a custom paper size makes it button. Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0, click the [OK] button. 4 3-5 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 265
"LOADING PAPER IN THE BYPASS TRAY" (page 1-34) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • When "Enable Detected Paper Size in Bypass Tray" (disabled by factory default) or "Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray" (enabled by factory default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 266
an envelope from the printer driver properties screen is described below. For the types of paper that can be used in the bypass tray, see "IMPORTANT POINTS ABOUT PAPER" (page 1-27) in "BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". For the procedure for loading paper in the bypass tray, see "LOADING PAPER IN THE BYPASS - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 267
PRINTER PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED When the user authentication function is enabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), your user information (login name, password, etc.) must be entered in the printer driver properties window before you can print. The - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 268
case, other print functions may be restricted. For more information, ask your administrator. • The machine's user authentication function cannot be used when the PPD file* is installed and the Windows standard PS printer driver is used. For this reason, printing will not be possible if printing by - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 269
of the settings. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 270
the tabs at the time of printing can be saved as user settings. Saving frequently used settings or complex settings under an them. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 271
can be saved. • The following items cannot be saved in user settings. - A watermark that you created - Paper insertion settings - Overlay file - [Tab Paper Print] settings on the [Special Modes] tab (PCL6 only) - The login name, password, user name, and job name entered in the [Job Handling] tab - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 272
of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences]) may vary depending on the software application. Select the print settings. (1) Select the user settings that you - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 273
the default settings when printing from a software application. (Settings selected in the printer driver properties window when printing Faxes]. (2) (1) 2 Open the printer properties window. (1) Click the icon of the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Organize] menu. In Windows 98 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 274
PRINTER Configure the settings and click the [OK] button. For explanations of the settings, see printer driver Help. 4 3-15 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 275
in Mac OS 9). To use the machine as a printer for the Macintosh, the PS3 expansion kit must be installed in the machine and the machine must be connected to a network. To install the PPD file and configure printer driver settings, see "3. SETUP IN A MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT" in the Software Setup Guide - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 276
on the software application. Make sure that the correct printer is selected. 2 The machine name that appears in the "Printer" menu is normally [SCxxxxxx]. ("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on the machine model.) Select print settings. • In Mac OS X, click next to [Copies - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 277
PRINTER Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. 4 3-18 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 278
"LOADING PAPER IN THE BYPASS TRAY" (page 1-34) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • When "Enable Detected Paper Size in Bypass Tray" (disabled by factory default) or "Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray" (enabled by factory default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 279
an envelope from the printer driver properties screen is described below. For the types of paper that can be used in the bypass tray, see "IMPORTANT POINTS ABOUT PAPER" (page 1-27) in "BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". For the procedure for loading paper in the bypass tray, see "LOADING PAPER IN THE BYPASS - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 280
PRINTER PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED When the user authentication function is enabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), you must enter your user information (login name, password, etc.) in order to print. The information that must be entered varies - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 281
. If you do not enter a job name, the file name set in the software application will appear. (3) Click the [Print] button. In Mac OS X, you can click the (lock) button after entering your login name and password, or user number, to simplify operation the next time you wish to print based on the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 282
PAGES ON ONE PAGE (page 3-28) • STAPLING OUTPUT/PUNCHING HOLES IN OUTPUT (page 3-30 driver properties window, see the following section: ☞ Windows: BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE (page 3-4) ☞ Macintosh: BASIC PRINTING PROCEDURE (page 3-16) In Windows, view printer driver Help for details on printer driver - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 283
Macintosh (1) (2) (3) PRINTER (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select [Advanced]. (3) Select the "Print Mode". 3-24 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 284
PRINTING The machine can print on both sides of the paper. This function is useful for many purposes, and is particularly convenient when you want to create a simple pamphlet. Two-sided printing also helps conserve paper. Paper orientation Print results Windows Macintosh Windows Macintosh - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 285
Macintosh (1) PRINTER (2) (1) Select [Layout]. (2) Select [Long-edged binding] or [Short-edged binding]. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select the settings in [Advanced]. • In Mac OS 9, select [Output/Document Style] and then select [Flip on long edge] or [Flip on short edge]. 3-26 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 286
when the same size of paper as the document image is not loaded in the machine. Letter or A4 Ledger or A3 The following example explains how to print a letter size document on ledger size paper. Windows (1) (3) (2) (4) (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the size of the print image (for - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 287
orders for 6-Up, 8-Up, 9-Up, and 16-Up are the same as for 4-Up. • In a Windows environment, the page order can be viewed in the print image in the printer driver properties window. In a Macintosh environment, the page orders are displayed as selections. • In a Macintosh environment, the number of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 288
Windows (1) PRINTER (1) Configure the settings on the [Main] tab. (2) Select the number of pages per sheet. (3) If you wish to print borderlines, click the [Border] checkbox - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 289
finisher. • For the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled, see "SPECIFICATIONS" in the Safety Guide. The maximum number of sheets that can be stapled at once includes any covers and/or inserts that are inserted. • The staple function cannot be used in combination with the offset function - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 290
function or the punch function. • For the staple function, select the number of staples in the "Staple" menu. • For the punch function, click the [Punch] checkbox so that a checkmark appears. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select the settings in [Advanced]. • In Mac OS 9, select the settings in [Output - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 291
section explains convenient functions for specific printing objectives. • CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS Windows, view printer driver Help for details on printer driver settings for each printing function. CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS FOR CREATING PAMPHLETS AND POSTERS CREATING A PAMPHLET (Pamphlet/Pamphlet Staple - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 292
(3) PRINTER (2) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select the "Binding Edge". [2 Staples] can be selected in the "Staple" menu when a saddle stitch finisher is installed. (3) Select [Tiled Pamphlet] or [2-Up Pamphlet]. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select from the "2-Side Printing" and "Binding Edge - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 293
stitch finisher is installed, the staple function or the punch function can be used with this function. PRINTER Windows (1) (2) (1) Configure the settings "Margin Shift". • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select from the "Binding Edge" and "Margin Shift" menus in [Advanced]. • In Mac OS 9, select [Advanced - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 294
of the sheets during attachment, borderlines can be printed and overlapping edges can be created (overlap function). Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) (1) (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the [Poster Printing] checkbox and click the [Poster - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 295
so that it can be printed correctly on paper that can only be loaded in one orientation (such as envelopes or paper with punch holes). (In Mac OS X, a portrait image cannot be rotated 180 degrees.) ABCD ABCD Windows (1) (2) (1) Select the setting on the [Main] tab. (2) Select the [Rotate 180 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 296
slightly reducing an image. When using the PS printer driver (Windows), you can set the width and length percentages separately to change the Select [Page Setup] from the [File] menu and enter the ratio (%). In Mac OS 9, select [Page Setup] from the [File] menu and enter the ratio (%). (2) - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 297
also print all lines at the minimum width. Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used.) (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Adjust the line width. Select a number from the pull-down menu. • The units - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 298
. This function can be used to conveniently print a design for a woodblock print or other printing medium. B PRINTER B Windows (This function can be used when the PS printer driver is used.) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Select a mirror image setting. If you wish to reverse the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 299
can be used for simple corrections when you do not have image editing software installed on your computer. Windows (This function is not available when using the PCL5e printer driver.) (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Click the [Image Adjustment] button. (3) Adjust the image settings - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 300
To Black/Vector To Black) (This function is only available in Windows.) When printing a color image, color text and lines that are print all vector graphics other than white lines and areas in black. ABCD ABCD Windows (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Select the [Text To Black] checkbox - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 301
can be selected from a pre-stored list, or entered to create an original watermark. CONFIDENTIAL Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Watermarks] tab. (2) Select the watermark settings. Select a by dragging the slide bar . In Mac OS 9, select [Watermark] and configure the settings. 3-42 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 302
used to "stamp" the print data with a frequently used image or an icon of your own creation. MEMO MEMO Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Watermarks] tab. (2) Select the image stamp setting. If an image stamp has already been - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 303
Windows Create an overlay file. (1) (2) (3) Printing with an overlay file (1) (2) Overlay file (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. Configure the printer driver settings from the software , click the [Load Overlay] button. (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. Configure the printer driver settings from the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 304
want to print only the front cover and last page on thick paper. Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Special Modes] tab. (2) Select [Different button in "User Settings" to save the settings. • When [Bypass Tray] is selected in "Paper Source", be sure to select the "Paper Type" and load that type - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 305
PRINTER Macintosh (This function can only be used in Mac OS 9, Mac OS X v10.4.11 and v10.5 to 10.5.5.) (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer paper tray, and paper type for the cover page and last page. In Mac OS 9, select [Different Paper] and then select the settings for the cover page and last - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 306
as is printed on the corresponding sheet of transparency film. AB C Windows (1) (1) Click the [Special Modes] tab. (2) Select [Transparency " of the bypass tray. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select the [Transparency Inserts] checkbox in [Advanced]. • In Mac OS 9, select [Transparency Inserts] and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 307
selection of the print command. As another example, if standard paper is loaded in tray 1 and recycled paper is loaded in tray 2, Carbon Copy can simultaneously print one copy for presentation and one copy as a duplicate. A AAA Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Special Modes] tab. (2) Select [Carbon - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 308
is only available in Windows.) This function is used to print text on the tabs of tab paper. Tab Paper Print (PCL6 only) You can print can be created in a software application, and then [Tab Paper Settings] on the [Advanced] tab of the printer driver properties window can be used to specify - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 309
PRINTER Windows Tab Paper Print (PCL6 only) Open the data that you wish to print on the tab paper the tab position settings. For commercially available tab paper, you can use the existing settings in "User Settings" such as [A4-5tab-D]. For other types of tab paper, the position of the first - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 310
PRINTER Tab Paper Settings When you have finished preparing the data to be printed on the tabs in the software application, select the following settings: (4) (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Click the [Tab Paper Settings] button. (3) Select the tab paper settings. To shift the image, - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 311
) (This function is only available in Windows.) You can have specific pages printed on the front side of specified as page settings. Back is blank Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used.) (1) (2) (3) (1) Click User Settings" to save the settings. 3-52 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 312
" function is available in the PCL6 printer driver. When two-sided printing is disabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), the paper folding function cannot be used. Half Fold - Inside Half Fold - Outside Mult-Sheet Fold - Staple (PCL6 only) Windows (1) (1) Click the [Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 313
of sets. Example: Printing 4 sets of copies To use Tandem Print, the IP address of the slave machine configured in "Tandem Connection Setting" in the machine's system settings (administrator) must be configured in the printer driver. In a Windows environment, this can be accomplished automatically - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 314
be used. • To store a file in a custom folder, the custom folder must first be created using "Document Filing Control" in the system settings (administrator). If a password has been established for a custom folder, enter the "Folder Password" in the folder selection screen. • In an IPV6 environment - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 315
in the printer driver. ☞ Windows: PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED (page 3-8) ☞ Macintosh: PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED (page 3-21) (1) Log into the machine. Enter your user number or login name and password in the user authentication screen of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 316
possible to print some files in the above table. DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE A file on an FTP server, in a network folder or in a USB memory device connected to the machine can be selected and printed from the operation panel of the machine without using the printer driver. 3-57 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 317
Print from the MFP(FTP)] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) Up to 20 FTP servers can be configured. (1) (2) (3) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING 1 File Retrieve Scan to HDD External Data Access HDD Status Ex Data Access FTP USB Memory Network Folder Access the FTP - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 318
ENCRYPTED PDF FILE (page 3-69) DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN USB MEMORY A file in a USB memory device connected to the machine can be printed from the operation panel of the machine without using the printer driver. When the printer driver of the machine is not installed on your computer, you can copy - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 319
PRINTER (1) (2) (3) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD External Data Access HDD Status Ex Data Access FTP 2 USB Memory Network Folder Access the USB memory device. (1) Touch the [DOCUMENT FILING] key. (2) Touch the [Ex Data Access] tab. (3) Touch the [USB Memory] - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 320
memory device from the machine. 5 When you select a PDF file that has a password, you must enter the password in the job status screen to begin printing. ☞ PRINTING AN ENCRYPTED PDF FILE (page 3-69) DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN A NETWORK FOLDER You can use the machine's operation panel to select - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 321
user name and password, check with your server administrator and enter the appropriate user name and password. (3) Touch the key of the network folder. USING THE MACHINE". • Up to 100 workgroups, 100 servers, and 100 network folders can be displayed. • Touch the key to move up one folder level. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 322
the left of keys of folders in the network folder. To display the files and folders in a folder, touch the key of the folder. • A total of 100 keys of files and folders can be displayed. • Touch the key to move up one folder level. • To return to the network folder selection screen, touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 323
port number. (Administrator rights are required.) • Performing FTP Print Type "ftp://" and then the IP address of the machine in the address bar of your computer's Web browser as shown below. (Example) ftp://192.168.1.28 Drag and drop the file that you wish to print onto the "lp" folder that appears - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 324
] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) For the procedure for accessing the Web pages, see the Quick Start Guide. • Using E-mail Print To print a file using E-mail Print, use your e-mail program on your computer to send the file as an attachment to the machine's e-mail address - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 325
STATUS Print Job Job Queue 1 Computer01 2 Copy 3 Copy 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / Progress 002 / 001 Status Printing Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Special Modes 2-Sided Copy Output File Quick File Preview Job Status MFP Status 002/001 Printing 002/000 Waiting 020/ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 326
spooled and encrypted PDF jobs that are waiting for a password to be entered. (1) (3) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Job Queue Computer01 /01 010/010 OK 5 Copy 10:13 04/01 001/001 OK 6 Copy 10:03 04/01 001/001 OK 7 Computer05 10:01 04/01 003/003 OK 8 Copy 10:00 04/01 010/010 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 327
Toner Empty" The toner cartridge is out of toner. Replace the toner cartridge with a new cartridge. "Paper Empty" The paper used for the job has run out. Add paper or change to a different paper tray. "Limit" The printing page limit has been exceeded. Check with the administrator of the machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 328
connected to the machine, follow the steps below to enter the password and begin printing. The PS3 expansion kit is required to use this function. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (3) (2) Select the encrypted PDF print job. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) Touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 329
PRINTER GIVING A PRINT JOB PRIORITY/CANCELING A PRINT JOB GIVING A PRINT JOB PRIORITY When the machine is busy copying or printing a received fax or other job, you can give priority to a print job that is waiting to be printed and print it ahead of the other jobs. JOB - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 330
JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Cancel the job. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) Touch the [Print Job] tab. Job Queue Computer01 Computer02 0312345678 Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Sets / Progress Status 020 / 001 Printing 020 / 000 Waiting 002 / 000 Waiting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 331
is touched and paper is loaded in the machine. If you wish to print on paper in another tray because the desired size of paper is not immediately available, follow the steps below. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Display details on the print - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 332
DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST Function PCL6 PCL5e Frequently used Copies functions Orientation 1-999 Yes N-Up Number of pages 2,4,6,8,9,16 Order Selectable Border On/Off 2-Sided Print Yes Fit To Page Yes Binding Edge Selectable Staple Half Fold Yes Yes Yes Windows PPD*1 1-999 Yes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 333
Yes Yes No Yes *1 The specifications of each function in Windows PPD and Macintosh PPD vary depending on the operating system version and the software application. *2 Cannot be used in Windows NT 4.0. *3 Only 2-Up and 4-Up printing can be used in Windows 98. *4 Only Mac OS X v10.4.11 and v10 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 334
of the procedures for using the fax function. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE AS A FAX PREPARATIONS FOR FAX 4-4 • CONNECTION TO THE TELEPHONE AND TIME 4-6 • STORING THE SENDER FAX NUMBER . . . . . 4-6 BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE 4-7 • BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE 4-8 • ADDRESS BOOK SCREEN 4-10 • CHANGING THE - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 335
59 • RECEIVING A FAX MANUALLY 4-60 PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Received Data Print 4-61 CHECKING THE IMAGE BEFORE PRINTING . . . 4-62 • IMAGE CHECK SCREEN 4-63 FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES (Fax Data Forward 4-64 FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 336
COMPLETED 4-129 • CHECKING A RESERVED JOB OR THE JOB IN PROGRESS 4-130 • CHECKING COMPLETED JOBS 4-131 CANCELING A FAX IN PROGRESS OR A RESERVED FAX 4-132 GIVING PRIORITY TO A RESERVED FAX JOB 4-133 CHECKING THE ACTIVITY LOG (Image Sending Activity Report 4-134 • IMAGE SENDING ACTIVITY REPORT - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 337
section provides information that you should know before using the machine as a fax machine. PREPARATIONS FOR FAX To use the machine as a fax, the telephone line must be connected and the type of line set. CONNECTION TO THE TELEPHONE LINE Be sure to use the provided telephone line - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 338
administrator). The machine will automatically set the dial mode to the type of line you are using. You can also set the "Dial Mode Setting" manually. After setting the dial mode, do not change the setting unless you have a specific on the operation panel. If the fax function will be used, and in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 339
. Select [Default Settings], [Clock], and [Clock Adjust], and set the year, month, day, hour, and minute. If "Disabling of Clock Adjustment" has been enabled in the system settings (administrator), the date and time cannot be set. STORING THE SENDER FAX NUMBER Store the user name and fax number in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 340
and then touch the [Fax] tab. COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 341
in fax mode. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 342
settings (administrator), this will appear when a fax is received enabled ☞ PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 343
of an LDAP server has been enabled in the machine's Web page, a fax number can be obtained from a global address book. ☞ RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK (page 4-21) (7) [Sub Address] key Touch this key to enter a sub-address and passcode for F-code transmission. ☞ F-CODE DIALING - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 344
Settings (Administrator): Address Book Default Selection The following settings are available for the method of sorting the addresses that appear in the address book. - Index type (alphabetical, custom) - Address type (all, group, E-mail, FTP/Desktop, Network Folder, Internet fax, fax) CHANGING - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 345
the other index tabs also changes. Ordered by search number (default) Ascending names Descending names Freq. ABCD Freq. ABCD Freq or on a user index tab. 5 10 15 To Cc Condition Settings BBB AAA BBB BBB 1 Address Review 2 BBB CCC BBB DDD Address Entry Global Address Search BBB EEE - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 346
the document glass. 1 Enter the destination fax number Ready to send. Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 347
. ☞ CHANGING THE RESOLUTION (page 4-55) Special mode settings Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 348
steps to start scanning and transmission: When sending a fax normally (memory transmission) (1) Press the [START] key. (2) When scanning is finished, settings are cleared. To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Default Display Settings The settings can - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 349
PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Touch the [Pause] key. A hyphen "-" is entered when the [Pause] key is touched once. System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 350
with the name of the destination in each one-touch key. Icon Mode Fax Scan to E-mail Internet fax (Direct SMTP) Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Group key with multiple destinations System Settings: Address Book (page 7-16) This is used to store destinations (names and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 351
by simply touching the one-touch key of that destination. 1 Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 352
GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ JJJ Touch the [Address Review] key. 1 2 Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Address Review 001 CCC CCC 003 LLL LLL 005 NNN NNN 007 PPP PPP 009 RRR RRR 011 TTT TTT - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 353
book screen. key. This can be done in the base screen of any 1 Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 354
Web pages, you can look up a destination fax number in a global address book. (2) Open the global address search screen. 1 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address appears, enter your user name and password. (2) Touch the "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". How to search - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 355
kbps/None Index Fax User 1 Exit The information stored in the global address book is automatically entered. (The settings can be changed if needed. For detailed information on each item, see "Address Control" (page 7-16) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS".) However, configure the items below manually. To - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 356
resend to that destination. 1 Ready to send. Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 357
chain dialing to dial an international number Number to access international telephone service Number to be dialed XXX Entry Using the numeric keys XXX System Settings (Administrator): Pause Time Setting This is used to set the length of pauses. The default setting is 2 seconds. 4-24 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 358
The methods that can be used to send a fax from the machine are explained below. Select the method that best suits your needs. To fax a large number of sheet originals, use the automatic document feeder. The originals will be scanned into memory and then transmitted (memory transmission). When - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 359
fax ahead of other previously reserved fax transmissions, use direct transmission mode. The original is transmitted directly to the receiving fax machine without being scanned A FAX IN DIRECT TRANSMISSION MODE (page 4-36) Scan Address Book 1 Direct TX Sub Address Address Review Transmission - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 360
image width Receiving machine's paper width A3 B4 11" x 17" (A3) 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) B4 A4 Reduced size B4 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R) A4R Ratio 1 : 0.84 1 : 0.71 1 : 0.84 System Settings (Administrator): Auto Reduction Sending Setting The factory default setting is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 361
4-48) ☞ Specifying the original scan size (by numerical values) (page 4-50) STANDARD SIZES Standard sizes are sizes that the machine can automatically detect. The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 362
default setting is 2 attempts at an interval of 3 minutes. WHEN A COMMUNICATION ERROR OCCURS If a communication error occurs or the other fax machine job status screen. ☞ CANCELING A FAX IN PROGRESS OR A RESERVED FAX (page 4-132) System Settings (Administrator): Recall in Case of Communication - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 363
-entered destination is correct, scanning will begin. If the re Address] key, the [Address Entry] key, and the [Global Address Search] key cannot be touched. • Transmission using the speaker key A destination cannot be specified after the [Speaker] key is pressed. System Settings (Administrator): Fax - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 364
scan the original pages. (2) Enter the destination fax number. 2 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address . Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% In addition to specification by one - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 365
more information, see "ENTERING DESTINATIONS" (page 4-16). 3 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 366
Card Shot, Job Build, Original Count, File, Quick File, Memory Box, 2-Sided Original Scanning, Global Address Search (When the [Direct TX] key is highlighted) • Resending will not take place when screen. No other operations are possible. ☞CHECKING THE STATUS OF FAX JOBS (page 4-125) 4-33 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 367
scan the original pages. (2) Enter the destination fax number. 2 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address . Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% In addition to specification by one - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 368
the exposure can be changed, and this can only be done when scanning each even page number of the original pages. To cancel transmission... Press the [STOP] key ( ) before the [Read-End] key is touched. • If a fax is being received when the transmission operation is performed, the transmission - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 369
size detector plate and prevent correct detection of the document size. (3) (2) Enter the destination fax number. 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review To AAA AAA CCC CCC Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD (1) Touch the [Address Book] key in the base screen. 1 2 (2) Touch the one-touch key of the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 370
FACSIMILE 3 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Touch the [Direct TX] key. Press - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 371
place without scanning the original into memory. • A destination that includes an F-code (sub-address and passcode) cannot be used. • A one-touch key that has multiple destinations or has a non-fax destination cannot be used. System Settings (Administrator): Speaker Settings The default volume level - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 372
shared folder destinations.) Originals Transmission It is convenient to store destinations to which you frequently send faxes by To store group keys, see "Address Control" (page 7-16) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS". When a group key is used to dial, the number of fax numbers that are dialed is the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 373
destinations are selected. • In addition to specification by one-touch key, a destination can also be specified using a search number. You can also directly enter a fax number with the numeric keys or look up a destination in a global address book. For more information, see "ENTERING DESTINATIONS - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 374
FACSIMILE 4 Address Review 001 CCC CCC 003 LLL LLL 005 NNN NNN 007 PPP PPP convenient functions. • The broadcast transmission can include Scan to E-mail and Internet fax destinations. In this case, the image sent to the Scan to E-mail and Internet fax destinations will be black and white. 4-41 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 375
modes, the same broadcast transmission key will appear in each of those modes. (1) (2) Display details on the broadcast Print Job Scan to Fax Job transmission. Address Broadcast0001 Start Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 010/003 NG000000 Job Queue (1) Touch the key of the completed broadcast - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 376
FACSIMILE Detail Broadcast0001 Address 002 DDD DDD 010 EEE EEE Start Time Status 10: If the job was stored in a confidential folder or was stored as confidential file, a password entry screen will appear after you touch the [Retry] key. Enter the password. • If the [All Destinations] key is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 377
transmission For more information on using PC-Fax, see the Help file for the PC-Fax driver. • To use the PC-Fax function, the PC-Fax driver must be installed. For more information, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used on a Windows® computer. • This function can only be used - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 378
setting appears to the right of the key used to select the setting. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 379
document. Transmission 2-sided original Front and back are sent as two pages 1 Touch the [Original] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 4-45) Fax/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Specify the binding style of the 2-sided original - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 380
, and the size to be transmitted is indicated as the send size. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 381
the [Original] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 4-45) 2 Fax/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [Scan Size] key. 3 Fax/Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 (1) Manual 8½x11R 8½x13(213x330) 8½x14 11x17 Long Size - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 382
4 Fax/Original OK Scan Size 5½x8½ 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [OK] key. FACSIMILE When [Long Size] is selected, the 2-sided scanning setting and send size cannot be changed. 4-49 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 383
[Original] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 4-45) 2 Fax/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [Scan Size] key. Fax/Original Auto 8½x11 Touch the [Size Input] key. OK 3 Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 8½x11R 8½x13(213x330 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 384
FACSIMILE 5 Fax/Original Scan Size X17 Y11 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet OK Send Size Auto Image Orientation Touch the [OK] key. The specified size appears in the [Scan Size] key. • When the scan size is specified by numerical values, the send size cannot be specified. • When the automatic - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 385
[Original] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 4-45) 2 Fax/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [Send Size] key. (1) 3 Fax/Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Manual 8½x11R 8½x13(213x330) 8½x14 11x17 (2) Specify - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 386
FACSIMILE Fax/Original (1) Scan Size Auto 8½x11 129% Send Size 11x17 (2) OK 4 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Specify the [OK] key. The ratio used for reduction or enlargement of the original will appear between the "Scan Size" and the "Send Size". 4-53 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 387
Exposure settings Auto Manual Exposure 1-2 3 Fax/Exposure 2 (1) (2) Auto Manual 1 3 5 (3) Select the exposure. OK (1) Touch the [Manual When using the document glass to scan multiple original pages, the exposure exposure setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when " - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 388
is inserted.) • When a fax is sent at [Ultra Fine], [Super Fine], or [Fine] resolution, a lower resolution will be used if the receiving machine does not have that resolution. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting This is used to change the default resolution setting. 4-55 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 389
Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review CHECK SCREEN" (page 4-57). System settings (administrator): Default Preview You can specify whether or not the [Preview - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 390
Rotation Start Sending (4) (5) (6) (1) Preview image A preview of the scanned original appears. If the image is cut off, use the scroll bars number. (3) [Function Rev.] key Touch to check special mode settings or scan settings for two-sided originals. (4) Display zoom key Use this to set the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 391
", the machine will receive and print faxes automatically. The fax reception mode is displayed in the base screen. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 392
, touch the [OK] key in the touch panel after loading paper. • When received faxes cannot be printed, the faxes can be forwarded to another fax machine. ☞FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES (Fax Data Forward) (page 4-64) • System Settings (Administrator): Duplex Reception Setting This is used to have received - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 393
appears. Telephone mode. Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Speaker Volume Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Fax Memory:100% Fax Manual Reception • When a call is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 394
is enabled in the system settings (administrator), a password can be entered to display the manually. • If "Fax Data Receive/Forward" is executed in the system settings to forward received faxes to another machine, faxes retained in memory will also be forwarded. At that time, the same password - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 395
, follow the steps below to print a received image. * The factory default setting is disabled. Depending on the size of the received data, part of previously. System Settings (Administrator): Received Data Image Check Setting Use this to specify whether or not a received fax can be viewed before it - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 396
IMAGE CHECK SCREEN This section explains the image check screen. Image Check 0123456789 04/04/2010 10:28 FACSIMILE Back 1 / 3 Display Rotation 0001 0010 (1) (2) (3) (1) Information display This shows information on the displayed image. (2) Preview image An image of the selected received - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 397
to begin forwarding. ☞PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Received Data Print) (page 4-61) • System Settings: Fax Data Receive/Forward (page 7-20) Use this to forward received faxes when the machine is unable to print. • System Settings (Administrator): Set the Telephone Number for - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 398
You can have received faxes automatically forwarded to an e-mail address, file server address, desktop address, or network folder address. This function can be used to forward received faxes to a specified address without printing them. The machine Forwarding Received fax • This function cannot be - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 399
can be selected from a list when you store a forwarding table. (1) Click [Sender Number/Address Registration] in the [Inbound Routing Settings] menu in the Web page. (2) Enter the sender address in "Internet Fax Address" or "Fax Number" as appropriate, and click the [Add to List] button. 2 The - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 400
(7) Select the forwarding address. Forwarding addresses can be selected from the machine's address book. (Multiple addresses can be selected.) A maximum of 1000 forwarding addresses can be stored (a combined maximum of 100 file server, desktop, and network folder addresses can be stored). (8) Click - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 401
routing function, enable the forwarding tables that you wish to use from among the stored tables. (1) Click [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (2) Select [Always Forward] or [Forward on Selected Day & Time] from the forwarding table. The forwarding permission settings that appear - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 402
(2) [Erase] key ☞ ERASING PERIPHERAL SHADOWS ON THE IMAGE (Erase) (page 4-73) (3) [Dual Page Scan] key ☞ TRANSMITTING AN ORIGINAL AS TWO SEPARATE PAGES (Dual Page Scan) (page 4-75) (4) [Timer] key ☞ SENDING A FAX AT A SPECIFIED TIME (Timer) (page 4-77) (5) [2in1] key ☞ SENDING TWO PAGES AS A SINGLE - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 403
) (page 4-98) (16) [Memory Box] key ☞ SENDING A FAX WHEN ANOTHER MACHINE POLLS YOUR MACHINE (Polling Memory) (page 4-102) (17) [Polling] key ☞ CALLING A FAX MACHINE AND INITIATING RECEPTION (Polling) (page 4-99) * Does not appear when the stamp unit is not installed. Special modes can generally be - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 404
fax numbers of the branch offices 1 2 1 2 When a job program is stored Retrieve the stored program. Select the 2in1 function. Select erase settings Press the [START] key. The originals are scanned deleted using "Address Control" Web pages. Click [Job Programs] and then [Image Send] in the Web - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 405
the [OK] key. 1 2 4 Program : Program C 0123456789 Scan Internet Fax Original Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Select additional settings. When - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 406
The function does not detect shadows and erase only the shadows.) Scanning a thick book Not using the erase function Using the erase document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) Select the special modes. 3 (1) - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 407
Fax/Special and make sure that a checkmark ( ) appears. When performing two-sided scanning, set the erase edge on the reverse side. • If you touch of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width setting is linked to the copy mode system setting, and can be - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 408
and right pages of a book or other bound document as separate pages. Example: Faxing the left and right pages of a book Book or bound document The left and right pages are sent as two pages. Example: Original scan size 11" x 17" (A3) x 1 page Transmitted image 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) x 2 pages • When - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 409
FACSIMILE 3 Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count (2) Erase 2in1 Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card Shot Slow Scan Mode Quick File (3) OK 1 2 Select Dual Page Scan. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. ☞ SPECIAL MODES (page 4-69) (2) Touch the [Dual Page Scan] key - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 410
A timer setting can also be specified for polling reception to receive a fax when you are not present. During the day, set up a broadcast off at the specified time. • When performing a timer transmission, you must scan the original into memory when you set up the transmission. It is not possible - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 411
Fax scanning is finished. • The time can be specified up to a week in advance. • Up to 94 timer transmissions can be stored at once. • Only one timer polling operation can be stored at once. If you wish to poll multiple machines screen, the time specification is canceled. The transmission will begin as - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 412
shown below. Originals Document feeder tray Place the originals face up. Portrait orientation 1 1 1 2 Landscape orientation 1 1 2 1 1 Document glass Place the originals face down. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 4-79 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 413
[2in1] key so that it is highlighted. (3) Touch the [OK] key. 4 Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 414
is used to dial. • The 2in1 function cannot be used when the original is other than 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) or 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5 or A5) size. • When the scan size of the original is specified by numerical values, this function cannot be used. To cancel 2in1... Touch the [2in1] key in the screen of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 415
transmission Example of an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size landscape scan transmission When using card shot, the original must be scanned on the document glass. Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) Select the special - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 416
FACSIMILE Fax/Special Modes Card Shot (1) (A) (B) (2) OK Cancel OK X with the keys. (A) To return the original size to the default size, touch the [Size Reset] key. (B) To automatically key. Do not touch this key if you wish to scan the original at the original size that you entered. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 417
[Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. 7 Configure Read-End If you will continue by scanning the front of the card, you can touch the [Configure] key to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and send size. • The ratio cannot be specified and "Rotation Sending Setting" cannot be selected - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 418
. Note that when the memory is being used for other jobs, fewer pages can be scanned. Indicator 1 line 1 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 3 (2) Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count Erase 2in1 Mixed Size Original File Dual Page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 419
Insert the next set of originals and press the [START] key. Repeat this step until all originals have been scanned. 5 To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ). All scanned data will be cleared. Place next original. (Pg.No.x) Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Touch the [Read - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 420
17" (A3) size originals. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically detects the size of each original. fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 3 Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count (2) Erase 2in1 Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card Shot Slow Scan - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 421
, an original scan size cannot be specified. • When mixed size originals are set, automatic duplex scanning cannot be used. (When using the MX-M283N.) • . System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode The original feeding mode can be set to always scan mixed size originals. 4-88 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 422
FAXING THIN ORIGINALS (Slow Scan Mode) Use this function when you wish to scan thin originals using the automatic document feeder. This function helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. A BC D ABCD Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. 1 Adjust the document guides - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 423
... Press the [STOP] key ( ). When this function is selected, automatic 2-sided scanning is not possible. To cancel slow scan mode... Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode This is used to have - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 424
the indicator line on the tray. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 3 (2) Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count Erase 2in1 Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card Shot Slow Scan Mode Quick File (3) OK 1 2 Select the original count - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 425
then touch the [OK] key in the message screen to clear all scanned data. Scan settings and destination settings will not be cleared. Insert the original sheets step 3 so that it is no longer highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Original Count Setting This can be enabled to have the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 426
Originals Position of stamp 1 Originals are scanned An "O" mark is stamped in fluorescent pink. To use this function, the optional stamp unit must be installed. Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. 1 1 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 427
replacing the stamp cartridge, see "REPLACING THE STAMP CARTRIDGE" (page 1-68) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". To cancel the stamp function... Touch the [Verif. Stamp] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is no longer highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Default Verification Stamp This - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 428
Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. 3 (2) Touch the keys to switch through the screens - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 429
... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. • System Settings (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default setting is . Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error Report Only - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 430
scanned original image. Outside scanned image (factory default setting) Inside scanned image Sender information Originals Sender information Originals The transmitted image length will be: length of sender information + length of original image. When the fax is printed by the receiving machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 431
Name Select) You can select the sender information printed on a transmitted fax from a list of stored senders. Select the special modes. (1) Touch the desired sender information key. (2) Touch the [OK] key. 3 Fax/Special Modes Verif. Stamp Own Name Select Transaction Report Memory Box OK 2 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 432
were entered. Polling multiple machines is called "Serial Polling". Up to 500 fax numbers can be entered. In this procedure, one-touch keys that have a sub-address and passcode cannot be used. • To enter multiple fax numbers, touch the [Next Address] key after entering a fax number and enter the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 433
3 Press the [START] key. Your machine will call the other machine and initiate reception of the fax. FACSIMILE • Polling reception can be used in combination with the timer function to poll at any specified time, such as at night or when you - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 434
GGG GGG HHH HHH 1 III III JJJ JJJ destination. A group key cannot be used. Sort Address Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Fax Memory:100% Fax Manual Reception • In addition to specification by one-touch key, a destination can also be specified using a search number. You can also - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 435
store polling passcode numbers (the sender fax numbers programmed in the other machines) in the machine's system settings, and then enable polling security. Up to 10 fax numbers can be stored as polling passcode numbers. System Settings (Administrator): Fax Polling Security This is used to enable - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 436
A DOCUMENT INTO POLLING MEMORY Follow these steps to scan a document into the memory box for polling transmission (Public Box). 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 437
FACSIMILE 6 Memory Box - Data Store Memory Box List Original Exposure Scan: Auto Auto 8½x11 Send: Resolution Standard Special Modes Auto Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Select image settings and special modes. • A program, timer setting, transaction report, polling, verif. stamp and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 438
FACSIMILE CHECKING THE DOCUMENT IN THE PUBLIC BOX You can check the document stored in the machine's public box for memory polling. Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. 1 (2) Touch the keys to switch through the screens. (3) Touch the [Memory - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 439
FACSIMILE DELETING A DOCUMENT FROM THE PUBLIC BOX Delete a document from the Public Box when it is no longer needed. Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. 1 (2) Touch the keys to switch through the screens. (3) Touch the [Memory Box] key. ☞ SPECIAL MODES (page 4-69) - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 440
International Telecommunication Union (ITU), which coordinates global telecommunications networks and services. HOW F-CODES WORK A fax that is transmitted with an F-code is received to the memory box in the receiving machine specified by the F-code (sub-address and passcode). If the F-code sent by - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 441
fax number in a one-touch key or group key. 0123456789 / AAAAAAAA / XXXXXXXX Fax number of other * machine Sub Address * Passcode * Touch the [Sub Address that machine. • F-code communication cannot be performed when using the speaker or performing manual transmission. System Settings: Address - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 442
FACSIMILE CONFIDENTIAL COMMUNICATION USING F-CODES By sending a fax to an F-code memory box (confidential) in the receiving machine (your machine or the other machine), the sender can direct the transmission specifically to the user of the box. This is convenient for sending sensitive documents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 443
the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. (2) Enter the destination fax number. 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address To AAA AAA CCC CCC EEE EEE GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 444
BY F-CODE CONFIDENTIAL RECEPTION When an F-code confidential fax is sent to your machine, the fax is received to the memory box specified by the F-code. To check received faxes, enter the print passcode. The machine rings and the fax is Beep received. 1 A beep sounds when reception ends - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 445
confidential fax is automatically given priority in the print job queue. • The fax is machine. Take care not to forget the passcode. In the event that you forget the passcode or need to verify the passcode, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 446
USING F-CODES This function enables your machine to call another machine and initiate reception of a fax stored in an F-code memory box (polling memory) in the other machine. During the polling operation, your machine must correctly specify the F-code (sub-address and passcode) configured in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 447
AAA AAA BBB BBB 1 Address Review 2 CCC CCC DDD DDD Address Entry Global Address Search EEE EEE GGG GGG FFF FFF HHH HHH Sub Address III III JJJ JJJ Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% (1) Touch the [Address Book] key in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 448
or transmission will not take place. The document to be transmitted must be scanned into an F-code polling memory box. The other machine Transmission request (polling) using an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX The machine F-code polling memory box Transmission Box name: Sub - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 449
times. (2) Touch the [OK] key. 6 Memory Box - Data Store Memory Box List Original Exposure Scan: Auto Auto 8½x11 Send: Resolution Standard Special Modes Auto Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Select image settings and special modes. • A program, timer setting, transaction report, polling - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 450
is being scanned. • If other documents have already been stored in the memory box, the document is added to the previously stored documents. • The factory default setting for the number of polling times is "Once" (after the document is transmitted to the receiving machine, it is automatically - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 451
FACSIMILE CHECKING THE DOCUMENT IN THE F-CODE MEMORY POLLING BOX You can check the document stored in the F-code memory polling box. A document in a memory box cannot be printed while the document is being transmitted. Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. 1 (2) Touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 452
FACSIMILE DELETING A DOCUMENT STORED FOR F-CODE POLLING TRANSMISSION When a document in an F-code memory polling box is no longer needed, follow the steps below to delete it. A document in a memory box cannot be deleted while the document is being transmitted. Select the special modes. (1) Touch - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 453
4-77) The machine Relay machine F-code relay broadcast memory box The fax is transmitted to each of the end receiving machines programmed in the F-code relay broadcast memory box. End receiving machines Transmission Transmission specifying an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 454
AAA AAA BBB BBB 1 Address Review 2 CCC CCC DDD DDD Address Entry Global Address Search EEE EEE GGG GGG FFF FFF HHH HHH Sub Address III III JJJ JJJ Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% (1) Touch the [Address Book] key in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 455
automatically. The other machine The machine F-code relay broadcast memory box The fax is transmitted to each of the end receiving machines programmed in the F-code relay broadcast memory box. Transmission End receiving machines Transmission specifying an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 456
Connection) You can connect an existing extension phone to the machine. The phone can be used for voice calls and to start fax reception on the machine. As an example, you can make a phone call jack on your extension phone, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 4-123 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 457
the extension phone. Replace the extension phone. The machine sounds a beep when reception ends. 3 • System Settings: Receive Setting (page 7-102) To use remote fax reception, set this setting to "Manual Reception". • System Settings (Administrator): Remote Reception Number Setting This is used to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 458
display can be touched to display the job status screen. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Sending Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 459
jobs screen. To switch between the two screens, touch the job status screen selector key ((2) below). Job queue screen (1) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 0123456789 10:05 04/01 000/004 Waiting 1 AAA AAA - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 460
Fax transmission Fax reception Broadcast transmission, Serial polling or Inbound routing PC-Fax transmission (3) Name of other party For a transmission, the name or fax number of the destination. For a reception, the fax error or other problem. The day and time are displayed. Timer transmission - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 461
• Completed job Message Status "Send OK" Transmission completed. "In Memory" Reception completed but the fax has not been printed. "Received" Printed received fax data. "Forward OK" The received fax has been forwarded. "Stopped" The job was stopped. "Delete" Deleted received data in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 462
Routing is enabled When Inbound Routing is enabled in the Web pages, fax reception jobs are handled as follows depending on the print setting. ☞ FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 4-65) • Received fax is not printed "Receiving" appears in the job queue - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 463
All Destinations This shows all destinations specified in the job. A broadcast control number (3-digits) appears in front of each destination. Address: The name or fax number of the destination. Start time: The time at which communication began. Status: The status of communication. 4-130 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 464
or fax number of each destination. Start time: Time at which communication began. Status: Communication result The [Retry] key can be touched to transmit to all destinations again.* * Recalling is not possible for a broadcast transmission that includes a Scan to FTP address, Scan to Network Folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 465
key. 3 No Yes If you do not wish to cancel the selected fax job... Touch the [NO] key. Printing of received faxes and forwarding jobs set using "Inbound Routing Settings" cannot be canceled. ☞ FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 4-65) 4-132 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 466
it ahead of the other jobs, follow the steps below. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Select the fax job to which you wish to Address Broadcast Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting Job Queue give priority. 0123456789 AAA AAA - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 467
200 transactions are included in the report. You can have the machine print the Image Sending Activity Report each time the number of transactions (Administrator): Activity Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing activity reports. The factory default setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 468
transmitted fax was over 1.5 m (59") long and therefore could not be received. ORIGINAL ERROR Direct transmission or manual transmission other machine does not support F-code communication. NO F-CODE F-code communication was refused by the other machine because of an incorrect sub-address or - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 469
SEARCH NUMBER TO RETRIEVE A DESTINATION 5-21 ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY 5-22 • SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER 5-23 RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK 5-25 USING THE RESEND FUNCTION 5-27 TRANSMITTING AN IMAGE SENDING AN IMAGE IN SCAN MODE 5-28 • CHANGING THE SUBJECT, FILE NAME - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 470
RECEIVING AN INTERNET FAX 5-110 • MANUALLY RECEIVING INTERNET FAXES 5-111 PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Received Data Print 5-112 CHECKING THE IMAGE BEFORE PRINTING . . 5-113 • IMAGE CHECK SCREEN 5-114 FORWARDING RECEIVED INTERNET FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 471
of the software, see the manual (PDF format) or the Readme file on the CD-ROM. For the procedures for installing the software, see the "Sharpdesk Installation Guide". Scan to Network Folder The scanned file is sent to a Network Folder on a Windows computer on the same network as the machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 472
application on a computer connected to the same network as the machine is used to scan a document or image. To use PC Scan, the scanner driver must be installed from the "Software CD-ROM" that accompanies the machine. Operating systems that can be used are Windows 98/Me/2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 473
FAX PREPARATIONS FOR USE AS A NETWORK light is blinking, the machine is in auto power shut Scan to E-mail Store a default sender name in "Sender Name" and a reply e-mail address in "Reply E-mail Address". These will be used when a sender is not selected. System Settings (Administrator): Default - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 474
Fax Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) STORING DESTINATION ADDRESSES FOR EACH SCAN MODE IN THE ADDRESS BOOK To use Scan to FTP or Scan to Desktop, the destination must be stored in the address book. For Scan to E-mail, Internet Fax, and Scan to Network Folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 475
Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format File Color Mode Quick File Special Modes PDF Mono2 Preview (C) 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 476
DIRECT SMTP ADDRESS The machine supports Direct SMTP, which lets you directly send Internet faxes within your company without using a mail server. For the procedure for storing a Direct SMTP address in the address book, see "STORING DESTINATION ADDRESSES FOR EACH SCAN MODE IN THE ADDRESS BOOK" (page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 477
mode (1) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING (2) Ready to send. Resend (3) (4) Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto (5) Address Entry Exposure Auto Text (6) Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 478
switch to the base screen. Base screen of scan mode Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 479
" in the Web pages. The following keys appear by factory default: • [Address Review] key Touch Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 480
] key Touch this key to manually enter a destination address instead of using a one-touch key. ☞ ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY (page 5-22) (6) [Global Address Search] key When the use of an LDAP server has been enabled in the machine's Web pages, a transmission address can be obtained from a global - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 481
Settings (Administrator): Address Book Default Selection The following settings are available for the method of sorting the addresses that appear in the address book. - Index type (alphabetical, custom) - Address type (all, group, E-mail, FTP/Desktop, Network Folder, Internet fax, fax) CHANGING - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 482
other index tabs also changes. Ordered by search number (default) Ascending names Descending names Freq. ABCD Freq. ABCD Freq on a user index tab. 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search To BBB AAA BBB CCC BBB EEE BBB GGG BBB III Sort Address Freq. ABCD - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 483
Enter the destination Ready to send. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto Resend USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 484
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Special mode settings Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Color Mode Mono2 Quick File Special - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 485
5-56) ☞ Specifying the original scan size (by numerical values) (page 5-57) STANDARD SIZES Standard sizes are sizes that the machine can automatically detect. The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 486
used. Icon Mode Fax Scan to E-mail Internet fax (Direct SMTP) Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Group key with multiple destinations • For information on storing addresses in the address book, see "STORING DESTINATION ADDRESSES FOR EACH SCAN MODE IN THE ADDRESS BOOK" (page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 487
retrieved by selecting its one-touch key. 1 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 488
GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ JJJ Touch the [Address Review] key. 1 2 Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 KKK KKK 005 MMM MMM 007 OOO OOO 009 QQQ QQQ 011 SSS SSS - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 489
be done in the base screen of any 1 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes Mono2 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 490
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY Scan to E-mail, Internet fax, Network Folder and data entry mode addresses can be manually entered. (2) Display the address input screen. 1 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search To AAA AAA CCC CCC EEE EEE - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 491
/INTERNET FAX SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER A network folder on a server or computer connected to the same network as the machine can be directly specified. Select [Network Folder] in step 2 on the previous page and follow the steps below. Network Folder Folder Path 1 User Name Password Cancel - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 492
user name and password, check with your server administrator and enter the appropriate user name and password. Cancel (4) Search OK 1 3 (3) Touch the key of the network folder in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • Up to 100 workgroups, 100 servers, and 100 network folders can be displayed. • To - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 493
address in a global address book and retrieve the address for Scan to E-mail or Internet fax transmission (excluding Direct SMTP addresses). (2) Open the global address search screen. 1 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address your user name and password. MACHINE". - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 494
. Touch the [E-mail] key or the [Internet Fax] key to retrieve the address for Scan to E-mail or Internet fax transmission. Storing a destination from a global address book in the machine's address book A destination address obtained from a global address book can be stored as a destination (one - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 495
are stored (group key). - Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, and Scan to Network Folder addresses. - Broadcasting destinations - Addresses used only for BCC delivery - Destinations transmitted to using a program System Settings (Administrator): Disable [Resend] on Fax/Image Send Mode This prohibits use - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 496
section explains the basic procedure for transmission in scan mode (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, and Scan to Network Folder). When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, the destination cannot - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 497
keys at once. • In addition to specification by a one-touch key, a destination can also be specified by a search number. Destinations for Scan to E-mail and Scan to Network Folder can also be manually entered or looked up in a global address book. For more information, see "ENTERING DESTINATIONS - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 498
is scanned in the mode set in "Color mode". For the color mode settings, see "CHANGING THE COLOR MODE" (page 5-68). • If Encrypt PDF is selected for the file format ([PDF] is selected in the format settings screen and the [Encry.] 5 checkbox is set to ), you will be prompted to enter a password - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 499
/INTERNET FAX Place next [Application Settings], [Network Scanner Settings] and then [Administration Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) file size limit for Scan to E-mail, and the default sender and destination. • System Settings (Administrator): Pre-Setting Mail - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 500
Scan to Network Folder, only the file name is used. • If the subject and file name are not changed, the settings in the Web page are used. • If the sender name is not changed, the name set in "Default Sender Set" in the system settings is used. If this is not configured, the reply address in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 501
/INTERNET FAX Send Settings OK To change the file name, touch the [File Name] key. 4 Subject File Name Reply-To Sub: Schedule coordination meeting • The file name is entered in the same way as the subject. • If you are sending to a Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, or Scan to Network Folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 502
continuous support. We have attached sca Add 'Reply to' to Cc The [Add 'Reply to' to Cc] checkbox can be selected to send a Cc copy to the sender. When storing pre-set text for the subject and file name in the Web pages, up to 80 characters can be entered. • System Settings (Administrator): The - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 503
machine. This stores the file in the USB device. • Use a FAT32 USB memory with a capacity of no more than 32 GB. • When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator the original size manually. • Originals cannot be scanned in succession from - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 504
Stored to File Name Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Resolution 200X200dpi File Format PDF Color Mode Mono2 Switch to USB memory mode and display the image settings screen. (1) Touch the [USB Mem. Scan] tab If the [USB Mem - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 505
the [Encry.] checkbox is set to ), you will be prompted to enter a password when you press the [START] key. Please enter encrypt PDF password. Cancel Entry Touch the [Entry] key to open the keyboard screen, enter a password (maximum of 32 characters), and touch the [OK] key. The recipient must - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 506
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX When "Sending data has been completed." appears in the touch panel, to the machine. • System Settings (Administrator): Scan Settings This is used to set the default color mode and file format. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Scan Function The use of PC scan mode and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 507
Scan Stored to File Name Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Resolution 200X200dpi File Format PDF Color Mode Mono2 Special Modes Preview Touch the [Stored to] key. (A) Stored to \ Folder Name Folder 1 Folder 2 Folder 3 Folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 508
the Web page are used. • For the procedure for entering text, see "ENTERING TEXT" (page 1-70) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". Scan Stored to File Name Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Resolution 200X200dpi File Format PDF Color - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 509
MODE The basic procedure for sending a fax in Internet fax mode is explained below. This procedure can also be used to perform direct transmission by Direct SMTP. When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 510
/INTERNET FAX 3 (1) (2) Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X100dpi Address Review File Format TIFF-F File Special Modes Quick File Preview I-Fax Manual Reception - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 511
[Application Settings], [Network Scanner Settings] and then [Administration Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) Up scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. • System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Send Settings This is used to select Internet fax - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 512
name, and body text are configured by clicking [Application Settings] and then [Network Scanner Settings] in the Web page menu. • For the procedure for entering text, see "ENTERING TEXT" (page 1-70) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". 1 Touch the [Send Settings] key in the base screen. ☞ BASE SCREEN - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 513
FAX Entry Clear All OK Thank you for your continuous support. We have attached scanned data, which you have requested. Enter the body text and touch the [OK] key. • To select a pre-set message previously stored in the Web page, - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 514
for planning meeting Body Text Thank you for your continuous support. We have attached sca When storing pre-set text for the subject and file name in the Web pages, up to 80 characters can be entered. System Settings (Administrator): The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 515
image can be sent to multiple scan modes, Internet fax mode, and fax mode destinations in a single operation. Up to 500 destinations can be selected in one broadcast operation. (Combined maximum of 200 file server, desktop, and shared folder destinations.) Transmission Originals If you frequently - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 516
GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ JJJ Touch the [Address Review] key. 1 2 Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% 4 Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 KKK KKK 005 MMM MMM 007 OOO OOO 009 QQQ QQQ 011 SSS SSS - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 517
and then touch the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. If Internet fax or fax destinations are included in the broadcast transmission, scanning will take place in [Mono2]. To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. 5-49 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 518
Network Folder)" in the system settings (administrator), the limit will also apply to destinations for which a limit is not set. (The limitation setting of Scan to E-mail or Internet fax jobs completed screen. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 519
(2) Display details on the broadcast Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax transmission. Address Start Time Pages Status (1) Touch the key of the completed broadcast Broadcast0001 Broadcast0002 10:00 04/01 010/003 NG000000 10:05 04/01 001/ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 520
PC-Fax driver Help. • To send an Internet fax using the PC-I-Fax function, the PC-Fax driver must be installed and then updated using the CD-ROM that accompanies the Internet fax expansion kit. For more information, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used on a Windows computer - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 521
key used to select the setting. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format File Color Mode Quick File Special Modes PDF Mono2 Preview - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 522
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX AUTOMATICALLY SCANNING BOTH SIDES OF AN ORIGINAL (2-Sided Original) The automatic document feeder can be used to automatically scan both sides of an original. Scan transmission 2-sided original Front and reverse sides are scanned Select the mode and display the image settings - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 523
be transmitted is indicated as the send size. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 524
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Specifying the original scan size (Specify using a standard size.) If the original is a non-standard size or you wish to change the scan size, touch the [Original] key to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the document feeder tray or on the document glass - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 525
/INTERNET FAX Specifying the original scan size (by numerical values) When scanning a Scan/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [Scan Size] key. Scan/Original Auto 8½x11 OK Touch the [Size Input] key. 3 Manual - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 526
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX 5 Scan/Original Scan Size X17 Y11 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet OK Send Size Auto Image Orientation Touch the [OK] key. The specified size appears in the [Scan Size] key. • When the scan size is specified by numerical values, the send size cannot be specified. • When the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 527
scan size, or when the scan size is specified by numerical values. • The send size cannot be specified when [TIFF-S] is selected for the format in Internet fax Touch the [Send Size] key. (1) 3 Scan/Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Manual 8½x11R 8½x13(216x330) 8½x14 11x17 (2) Specify - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 528
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Scan/Original Scan Size 129% Send Size Auto 8½x11 11x17 (2) OK 4 2-Sided 2-Sided Booklet Tablet Image Orientation [OK] key. (1) The ratio used for reduction or enlargement of the original will appear between the "Scan Size" and the "Send Size". 5-60 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 529
of dark text. Manual 3 Select this scanning the color shading and fine details found on most maps. Select the mode and display the exposure settings screen. 1 (1) Touch the tab of the mode that you wish to use. (2) Touch the [Exposure] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 5-53) 2 When Fax/I-Fax address - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 530
Scan/Exposure Auto Manual 1 3 5 Original Image Type Text Text/ Prtd.Photo Printed Photo Photo OK Text/Photo Map Moiré Reduction Internet fax mode 3 (1) (2) (3) Internet Fax/Exposure OK Auto Manual Touch the [Manual] key. (2) Internet fax mode, the scan once scanning has begun - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 531
mode, Data entry mode (1) (2) Scan/Resolution OK 100X100dpi 200X200dpi 300X300dpi 400X400dpi 600X600dpi Select the resolution. (1) Touch the key of the desired resolution. (2) Touch the [OK] key. 2 Internet fax mode Internet Fax/Resolution (1) (2) OK 200X100dpi 200X200dpi 200X400dpi - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 532
is selected for the format in Internet fax mode, only [200X100dpi] or [200X200dpi] can be selected. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting This is used to change the default resolution setting. CHANGING THE FILE FORMAT Changing the format (Scan mode, USB memory mode and Data - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 533
will be sent as a Compact PDF file to all scanner addresses. - When Compact PDF format or Compact PDF (Ultra Fine) format is set for one address in a broadcast transmission, the file will be sent in Compact PDF (Ultra Fine) format to all scanner addresses. - If a fax destination is specified or the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 534
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX 4 (3) Scan/File Format File Type Compression Ratio PDF Encry. Low TIFF XPS JPEG High U- password (maximum of 32 characters) and touch the [OK] key. Scanning and transmission will begin. System Settings (Administrator): Initial File Format Setting This sets the default - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 535
modes: When a ratio setting is selected and the original size is entered, Dual Page Scan, Card Shot, 2in1, and Mixed Size Original cannot be used. System Settings (Administrator): Compression Setting This is used to set the default compression mode for Internet fax transmission. 5-67 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 536
modes, the image is sent in Mono2. Scan/Color Mode 3 Full Color Grayscale Mono2 OK Select the color mode. (1) Touch the key of the desired color mode. (2) Touch the [OK] key. (1) (2) System Settings (Administrator): Default Color Mode Settings The default color mode can be changed. 5-68 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 537
Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF (page 5-70). System settings (administrator): Default Preview You can specify whether or - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 538
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX PREVIEW CHECK SCREEN This section explains the preview check screen. Preview (1) 0001 /0010 (2) B/W Function Rev. (3) Display Rotation Start Sending (4) (5) (6) (1) Preview image A preview of the scanned original appears. If the image is cut off, use the scroll bars - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 539
CARD ONTO A SINGLE PAGE (Card Shot) (page 5-83) (7) [Job Build] key ☞ SCANNING MANY ORIGINALS AT ONCE (Job Build) (page 5-86) *1 Does not appear in USB memory mode. *2 Does not appear in data entry mode. *3 Does not appear when the stamp unit is not installed. In USB memory mode, this appears in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 540
mode, USB memory mode, Data entry mode" (page 5-71). 1st screen 2nd screen Internet Fax/Special Modes OK Internet Fax/Special Modes OK Program Timer (1) Erase 2in1 Dual Page Scan 1 Card Shot 2 Verif. Stamp (2) Transaction Report 2 2 Job Build Original Count Mixed Size Original File - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 541
using "Address Control" in the Web page menu. • The settings stored in a program will be retained even after the program is used for transmission. The same settings can be used repeatedly for transmission. • The following settings can be stored in programs. Image send mode: Scan, Internet fax - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 542
the [OK] key. 4 Program:Program 1 [email protected] Scan Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes Mono2 Preview Select - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 543
FAX ERASING PERIPHERAL SHADOWS ON THE IMAGE (Erase) The erase function is used to erase shadows on images produced when scanning thick When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. 1 Place the original. Place the original - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 544
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX (1) Scan/Special Modes Erase Edge Erase Center Erase Edge+Center Erase Side [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width setting is linked to the copy mode system setting, and can be set from 0" to 1" - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 545
" (A3) x 1 page 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) x 2 pages • When using dual page scan, the original must be placed on the document glass. • The send size cannot be changed. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. Place the original face - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 546
/INTERNET FAX Select the special modes. 3 (1) Touch the tab of the mode that you wish to use. (2) Touch the [Special Modes] key. ☞ SPECIAL MODES (page 5-71) 4 Scan/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count (1) Erase Suppress Background Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 547
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX SENDING AN IMAGE AT A SPECIFIED TIME (Timer Transmission) This at the specified time, transmission will not take place. • When performing a timer transmission, you must scan the original into memory when you set up the transmission. It is not possible to leave the document - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 548
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX (1) Scan/Special Modes Timer (2) (3) OK Cancel OK Day of the Week Time in the job status screen, the time specification is canceled. The transmission will begin as soon as the job in progress is completed. ☞GIVING PRIORITY TO A SCAN TRANSMISSION JOB (page 5-108) To - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 549
at which suppression takes place can be adjusted. Level [-] • This function cannot be used in Internet fax mode. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 550
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX (1) (2) 4 Scan/Special Modes OK Suppress Background Cancel OK Light areas of the original may be suppressed as background. 1 3 Select the suppress background setting. (1) Adjust the background - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 551
using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 Specify the destination. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 5-18) 2 When scanning to USB memory, there is no need to specify the destination - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 552
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Scan/Special Modes Card Shot (1) (A) (B) (2) OK Cancel OK X 3 3 8 (1 8 1/2) inch Y 2 1 8 (1 (Y) of the original with the keys. (A) To return the original size to the default size, touch the [Size Reset] key. (B) To automatically enlarge or reduce the image - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 553
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Place next original. (Pg.No.x) Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. 7 Configure Read-End If you will continue by scanning the front of the card, you can touch the [Configure] key to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 554
FAX SCANNING MANY ORIGINALS AT ONCE (Job Build) This function lets you separate an original consisting of numerous pages into sets, scan jobs, fewer pages can be scanned. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. Indicator - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 555
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX 4 (1) Scan/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count Erase Suppress Background Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card Shot Slow Scan Mode Quick File (2) OK 1 2 Select job build mode. (1) Touch the [Job Build] key so that it is highlighted. (2) Touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 556
INTERNET FAX SCANNING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size Original) This feature lets you scan originals of different sizes at the same time; for example, 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) size originals mixed together with 11" x 17" (A3) size originals. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 557
duplex scanning cannot be used. (When using the MX-M283N.) • Rotate cannot be used when Mixed Size Original is enabled. To cancel the Mixed Size Original setting... Touch the [Mixed Size Original] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 558
/INTERNET FAX SCANNING THIN ORIGINALS (Slow Scan Mode) Use this function when you wish to scan thin originals using the automatic document feeder. This function helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. A BC D ABCD When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 559
be used when Mixed Size Original is enabled. To cancel slow scan mode... Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode This is used to have scanning always take place in slow scan mode. 5-91 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 560
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE TRANSMISSION (Original Count) The number of scanned original sheets can be counted and displayed before transmission. Checking the number of scanned original sheets before transmission helps prevent transmission mistakes. • - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 561
FAX Press the [START] key. Scanning begins. 5 To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. All scanned data will be cleared. (A) (B) XX pages of original have been scanned. Send the scanned data? (P.x) Cancel OK 6 When scanning Settings (Administrator): Initial - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 562
. Originals Position of stamp 1 Originals are scanned An "O" mark is stamped in fluorescent pink. • To use this function, the optional stamp unit must be installed. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. Insert the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 563
replacing the stamp cartridge, see "REPLACING THE STAMP CARTRIDGE" (page 1-68) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". To cancel the stamp function... Touch the [Verif. Stamp] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is no longer highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Default Verification Stamp This - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 564
INTERNET FAX SENDING TWO PAGES AS A SINGLE PAGE (2in1) Two original pages can be reduced to half their original size and sent together as a single page. Portrait-oriented originals Transmission 1 2 1 2 Landscape-oriented originals Transmission 1 1 2 2 This function cannot be used in scan - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 565
the [OK] key. 5 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X100dpi Address Review File Format TIFF-F File Special Modes Quick File Preview I-Fax Manual Reception Touch the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 566
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Press the [START] key. Scanning begins. • If you inserted the original pages in the document feeder tray, all pages are scanned. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • If you are scanning the original on the document glass, scan each page one page at a - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 567
IN THE RESULT COLUMN (page 5-109) This function cannot be used in scan mode, USB memory mode, or data entry mode. Transaction reports are printed ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 5-18) Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Internet Fax] tab. 3 (2) Touch the [Special Modes] key. (3) Touch the keys - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 568
... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. • System Settings (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default setting is . Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error Report Only - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 569
touched to display the job status screen. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Color Mode Mono2 Quick File Special Modes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 570
Waiting 4 CCC CCC 10:30 04/01 000/010 Waiting Job Queue Complete Detail Priority Stop/Delete (2) (3) (4) (5) Complete screen (1) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Broadcast0001 Start Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 010/003 NG000000 Broadcast0002 10:05 04/01 001/001 Send OK - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 571
type Scan to E-mail Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Internet fax transmission Internet fax reception PC-I-Fax transmission Broadcast transmission or Inbound routing Metadata transmission (3) Name of communicating party (address) For a transmission, the name or address of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 572
, the attached file was not a TIFF-F file or there was no attached file, and thus printing was not possible. "Rejected" An Internet fax was sent from a party that is blocked. "NGxxxxxx" Transmission/reception was not successful because a communication error occurred (a 6-digit error code appears - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 573
TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 5-115) • Received Internet fax is not printed "Receiving" appears while the Internet fax is being received. When reception is completed, the job moves to the job queue of the job status screen of scan mode. • Received Internet fax is printed - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 574
document filing function, broadcast transmission jobs, and received Internet fax forwarding jobs. Touch the key of the job for addresses again.* * Recalling is not possible for a broadcast transmission that includes a Scan to FTP address, Scan to Network Folder address, or Scan to Desktop address - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 575
that is being transmitted or is waiting to be transmitted. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 2 (1) (1) Print Job Address 1 Broadcast 2 AAA AAA 3 BBB BBB 4 CCC CCC Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 10:05 04/01 000/001 Waiting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 576
, follow the steps below. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (1) Select the job to which you wish to give Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax priority. Address 1 Broadcast 2 AAA AAA Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 10:05 04/01 000/001 Waiting Job - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 577
INTERNET FAX CHECKING THE INTERNET FAX ACTIVITY LOG (Image Sending Activity Report) IMAGE SENDING ACTIVITY REPORT You can have the machine Settings (Administrator): Activity Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing activity reports. The factory default setting is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 578
7-20) When printing is not possible because the machine has run out of paper or toner, received Internet faxes can be forwarded to and printed by another previously stored Internet fax machine. • System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Default Settings These settings are used to select how received - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 579
and retrieve received faxes. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X100dpi Address Review File Format TIFF-F File Special Modes Quick File Preview I-Fax Manual Reception If - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 580
is enabled in the system settings (administrator), a password can be entered to display the manually. • If "Fax Data Receive/Forward" is enabled in the system settings so that received faxes are forwarded to another machine, faxes retained in memory are also forwarded. At that time, the same password - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 581
Image Check Setting" is enabled* in the system settings (administrator), you can check a received image in the touch panel before printing it out. When this function is enabled, follow the steps below to print a received image. * The factory default setting is disabled. Depending on the size of the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 582
IMAGE CHECK SCREEN This section explains the image check screen. Image Check AAA AAA 04/04/2010 10:28 SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Back 1 / 3 Display Rotation 0001 0010 (1) (2) (3) (1) Information display This shows information on the displayed image. (2) Preview image An image of the selected - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 583
forwarded to an e-mail address, file server address, desktop address, or network folder address. When this function is enabled, you can also have received Internet faxes forwarded without printing them. The machine Forwarding Received Internet fax When faxes forwarded using this function are - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 584
can be selected from a list when you store a forwarding table. (1) Click [Sender Number/Address Registration] in the [Inbound Routing Settings] menu in the Web page. (2) Enter the sender address in "Internet Fax Address" or "Fax Number" as appropriate, and click the [Add to List] button. 2 The - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 585
(7) Select the forwarding address. Forwarding addresses can be selected from the machine's address book. (Multiple addresses can be selected.) A maximum of 1000 forwarding addresses can be stored (a combined maximum of 100 file server, desktop, and network folder addresses can be stored). (8) Click - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 586
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX (2) Specifying forwarding tables to be used. To use the inbound routing function, enable the forwarding tables that you wish to use from among the stored tables. (1) Click [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (2) Select [Always Forward] or [Forward on Selected - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 587
on the document glass. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Touch the [PC Scan] tab to switch to PC Scan mode. This machine is in the PC scan mode. Do not remove the original. If the [PC Scan] tab does not appear, touch the tab to move the screen. Scanner IP address:250.160.102.106 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 588
[At your computer] 3 SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Start the TWAIN-compliant application on your computer and select [Select Scanner] from the [File] menu. 4 (1) 5 Select the scanner driver of the machine. (1) Select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K]. (2) Click the [Select] button. (2) Select [Acquire Image] from the [ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 589
" screen, select "Web Pages", "Photo", "FAX" or "OCR" depending on the original type and your scanning purpose. If you machine will be scanned. You can also set the scanning area in the preview window with your mouse. (3) Click the [Preview] button. The preview image will appear in the scanner driver - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 590
using the orientation that appears in the preview window. [Image Size] button: Click this button to specify the scan area by entering numerical values. Pixels, mm, or inches can be selected for the units of 7 the numerical values. If a scanning area has already been specified, the entered - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 591
[At the machine] 9 This machine is in the PC scan mode. Do not remove the original. Scanner IP address:250.160.102.106 Exit 10 PC scan in progress. Finish PC scan mode? No Yes SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Touch the [Exit] key in the touch panel. Touch the [Yes] key. 5-123 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 592
solution environment can be built. Metadata (XML file) Scan to Desktop Client PC that uses Network Scanner Tool Image file Server Scan to E-mail Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Fax server, document management software, workflow application, encryption server, etc. Using the application - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 593
Network Scanner Tool User's Guide (PDF format) on the "Sharpdesk/Network Scanner Utilities" CD-ROM. • For information on the license agreement and how to use the CD-ROM that accompanies the application integration module, see the separate "Sharpdesk license kit" manual. • Using third party software - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 594
Original Fax Scan: Data Entry Auto 8½x11 Send: Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Auto Switch to data entry mode and display the metadata set screen. (1) Touch the [Data Entry] tab. (2) Touch the [Metadata Entry] key. Address Review File Format PDF - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 595
key. Scan Internet Fax Fax Data Entry Select image settings and any other Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto settings, and perform the scan send Address Entry Exposure Auto Text procedure. 6 Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 596
machine and assigned to appropriate XML tags. These fields are selectable, and can only be included in the XML file if enabled in the Web pages. • User address of selected sender) documentSubject Job name appearing in the e-mail "Subject" line, or job name on the fax cover sheet. When the user - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 597
data of a copy or fax job, or the data of a print job, as a file on the machine's hard drive. Scan to HDD 6-18 • "Scan to HDD" SCREEN 6-18 • PERFORMING "Scan to HDD 6-23 USING STORED FILES SEQUENCE FOR USING A STORED FILE. . . . . . 6-24 FOLDER AND FILE SELECTION SCREENS . . . . 6-26 • FOLDER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 598
data of a print job, as a file on the machine's hard drive. The stored file can be retrieved and printed or transmitted as needed. Saving a file Scan Internet Fax Retrieving and using a stored file Print Send Fax Print Copy Hard drive Scan to HDD Hard drive Document information used in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 599
Scan to HDD Main Folder User Name Name 1 Name 1 Name 1 Name 1 Name 1 Date 1 04/04/2010 2 04/04/2010 04/04/2010 04/04/2010 04/04/2010 Multi-File Print Application forms, report forms, and other business forms can be stored on the hard drive for easy retrieval, letting you print the number of copies - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 600
is selected as the destination of "File" and "Scan to HDD". • System Settings: Document Filing Control (page 7-24) This is used to create custom folders for document filing. A password can also be established for a custom folder. • System Settings (Administrator): User List This is used to store - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 601
of pages and number of files that can be stored in the Quick File folder Maximum number of pages 10000 Maximum number of files 1000 Copying in sort mode uses the same memory area as the Quick File folder. For this reason, when too much data has been stored in the Quick File - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 602
folders automatically deleted at regular intervals by specifying the folders and the time. Periodic deletion of files stored in the machine configured in "Automatic Deletion of File Settings" in the system settings (administrator). To check the settings, print the following list in the system - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 603
Folder: Select which folder the file will be saved in. Confidential: A password (5 to 8 digits) can be established to prevent others from using the file. The above information cannot be specified when a file is saved with Quick File. System Settings (Administrator): User law, SHARP Corporation - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 604
and transmitted. (2) (1) COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Resend Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Color - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 605
PC-Fax or PC-I-Fax mode, select document filing settings in the PC-Fax driver. For more information, see Help in the PC-Fax driver. System Settings (Administrator): Customize Key Setting Registration is performed in [System Settings] - [Operation Settings] - "Customize Key Setting" in the Web page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 606
FILE SELECTION SCREEN (page 6-27) (1) (2) (3) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder Quick File Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 607
100% Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview 3 Scanned data is automatically stored in the quick file folder. Do not store confidential data to the folder. OK Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode and the [Quick File] key will be highlighted. To - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 608
document image is saved to the hard drive. The selected copy settings are also saved. • To prevent accidental saving of the document, the message "The scanned data is stored in the quick file folder." appears for 6 seconds (default setting) after the [START] key is pressed. The message display - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 609
11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output File Quick File Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview 3 (1) File Information Confidential Password User Name User Unknown File Name Stored to Copy_04042010_112030AM Main Folder (2) Cancel OK Select the "File - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 610
name and file name are automatically assigned to the file. User Name: User Unknown File Name: Mode_Month-Day-Year_Hour-Minute-Second (Example: Copy_04042010_112030AM) Stored to: Main Folder When user authentication is used, the user name that was used for login is automatically selected. To cancel - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 611
to view the file without permission. Specifying a user name File Information Cancel OK 1 Confidential Password User Name User Unknown File Name Stored to Copy_04042010_112030AM Main Folder Touch the [User Name] key. When user authentication is used, the user name that was used for login is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 612
2 Stored to: Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 All Folders ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ OK 1 2 Select the folder in which you want to store the file. (1) Touch the key of the folder where you want to store the file. If a password has been set - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 613
set for the file to prevent others from viewing it. Set a password (5 to 8 digits) with the numeric keys. File Information (1) (2) 1 Confidential Password User Name Name 1 File Name Stored to file-01 User 1 Cancel OK Enable the confidential property. (1) Select the [Confidential] checkbox - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 614
each key appears to the right of the key. (1) (2) COPY IMAGE SEND Ready to scan to HDD. Press [Start] to scan original. DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve File Information Scan to HDD Original HDD Status Ex Data Access Scan: Auto 8½x11 Store: Exposure Auto Auto Resolution 600X600dpi Color - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 615
Photo Photo OK Text/Photo Map Moiré Reduction (2) (A) (1) (1) Select the appropriate original type for the original to be scanned. (2) Select [Auto] or [Manual]. If you selected [Manual], touch the or key to adjust the exposure. (For a darker image, touch the key. For a lighter image - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 616
Format of Mono2 High Capacity Mode Send Allowed Mode The following settings can be selected for the scanning color when the [START] key is pressed. Mode Scanning method Full Color The original is scanned in full color. This mode is best for full color originals such as catalogues. Even when the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 617
FAX". (1) (2) (3) Scan to HDD/Special Modes OK Special Modes Erase Job Build Original Count Dual Page Scan Mixed Size Original Card Shot Slow Scan When scanning the originals, the machine automatically detects the size of each original. Originals of mixed widths and sizes can be scanned (11 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 618
right or left by 90 degrees. The rotation applies to all pages in the file, not just the displayed page. (4) [Start Storing] key This starts Scan to HDD. (5) Display zoom key Use this to set the zoom ratio of the displayed image. Changes from the left in the order "Full Page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 619
When Scan to HDD is performed without appending file information, the following user name and file name are automatically assigned to the file. User Name: User Unknown File Name: Mode_Month-Day-Year_Hour-Minute-Second (Example: HDD_04042010_112030AM) Stored to: Main Folder When user authentication - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 620
stored file in the web pages. Change the mode. COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder Quick File Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 621
DOCUMENT FILING Select the file that you wish to retrieve. File Retrieve Scan to HDD Main Folder HDD Status Ex Data Access Search Back File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff file-04 file-05.tiff Switch Display All Files User Name Name 1 Name 2 Name 3 Name 4 Name 5 Date 1 04/04/2010 2 04 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 622
depending on whether or not user authentication is enabled on the machine. When user authentication is not enabled (1) (2) (3) Folder Select Main Folder Quick File Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 623
, the job setting screen appears. Job icons Copy Fax transmission Scan to FTP PC-Fax transmission Internet fax transmission Direct SMTP transmission Scan to E-mail Scan to Desktop PC-I-Fax transmission Print Scan to HDD Scan to Network Folder Thumbnail screen The first page of thumbnail images - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 624
-File Print] key Touch this to select multiple files in a folder for printing. ☞ MULTI-FILE PRINTING (page 6-33) (7) Sort "Sort Order". Select "Date ", "Date ", "File Name ", "File Name ", "User Name ", or "User Name ". The number of displayed file thumbnails can be changed in "Display Items". Select - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 625
select a file to be used. 1 (2) (1) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD Quick File Folder EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Search - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 626
shows information on the currently selected file (job icon, file name, user name, store size, and color mode). (2) [Cancel] key Touch a file to a different folder). ☞ MOVING A STORED FILE (page 6-41) (5) [Send] key This is used to send a stored file by fax, Internet fax, scan send, or other method. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 627
be printed. A file stored from scan mode that included fax mode or Internet fax mode destinations in a broadcast transmission can be printed. • If print settings are changed when a stored file is printed, the only changed setting that can be stored is the number of copies. • The printing speed may - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 628
paper size. (2) [Output] key Use this key to select Sort, Group or Staple Sort, and to select the output tray. (3) [2-Sided] key Use this key mode. (5) key Use these keys to set the number of copies. The number of copies can also be selected by directly touching the numeric display and changing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 629
, touch the [Select All] key. The [Batch Print] key can be used to print all files of a particular user in a folder or all files that have the same password in a folder. For more information, see "Batch printing" (page 6-35). • Multi-file printing of confidential files is not possible. • A file - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 630
, go to step (3). (1) Touch the [Apply the Number from Stored Setting of Each Job] checkbox so that it is not selected ( ). (2) Set the number of copies with the keys. You can also directly touch the numeric display and change the number with the numeric keys. (3) Touch the [Print and Delete the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 631
] is not allowed.] checkbox are disabled in the system settings (administrator), the [All Users] key and [User Unknown] key can be selected. The [All Users] key can be touched to select all files in the folder (the files of all users). The [User Unknown] key can be touched to select all files in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 632
Files User Name Password Name 1 Delete the Data Cancel Print and Delete the Data Print and Save the Data Change PRT.No. To set the number of copies, touch the [Change PRT.No.] key. If you wish to use the number of copies stored with each file, go to step 6. (1) Touch the [Apply the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 633
Tab Copy", "Stamp", "Sharpness", "Centering" • Depending on the reduction or enlargement ratio used when storing a file, it may not be possible to send the stored file using a selected resolution setting. In this event, try changing the resolution. However, when sending a stored file by Internet fax - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 634
stored in the address book. (3) [Address Entry] key or [Sub Address] key Use this key to directly enter an address when sending a file in scan mode or Internet Fax mode. In fax mode this appears as the "Sub Address" key. Use this key to enter a sub-address and password for F-code communication - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 635
or manually deleted. folder or a custom folder, [Sharing] or [Confidential] can be selected. Sharing Protect Confidential A [Sharing] file can be changed to [Protect] or [Confidential] using [Property Change] in the Job Settings. "Protect" prevents a file from being moved or deleted. A password - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 636
property • A file that is set to "Sharing" can be changed to "Protect" or "Confidential". However, a "Sharing" file that is saved in the Quick File folder can only be changed to "Protect". • A file that is set to "Protect" can be changed to "Sharing" or "Confidential". However, a "Protect" file that - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 637
1 3 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 User 2 1 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 All Folders ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ The above screen shows the custom folders as an example. Select the destination folder. (1) Touch the key of the folder to which you want to move the file. If a password is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 638
DOCUMENT FILING 4 Job Settings / Move file-01 Name 1 Select the folder the file is moved to. File Name Move to: file-01 User 2 8½x11 Cancel Mono2 Move Touch the [Move] key. A file whose property is "Protect" cannot be moved. To move a protected file, change its property to "Sharing" - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 639
DOCUMENT FILING DELETING A STORED FILE Stored files that are no longer needed can be deleted. Select the file that you wish to delete and touch the [Delete] key. ☞ SELECTING A FILE (page 6-29) 1 Job Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Move Name 1 8½x11 Cancel B/W Send Delete Property - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 640
DOCUMENT FILING CHECKING AN IMAGE OF A STORED FILE You can check an image of a file stored using document filing. Select the desired file and touch the [Image Check] key. ☞ SELECTING A FILE (page 6-29) Depending on the size of the image, part of the image may be clipped off in the image check screen - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 641
page number. • For a print file, only an image of the first page of the file is shown; the displayed page cannot be changed. • When the scan data of a long original is displayed, the edge of the image may be cut off. Detail (4) (5) (6) (4) "Display Rotation" key This rotates the image right or - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 642
is convenient when you need to quickly print the saved data of a copy job or quickly send a saved fax to another destination. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 2 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Job Queue 1 Computer01 Sets / Progress Status 002/001 Printing 2 0312345678 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 643
be listed. [Search results] 1 (1) (2) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD Quick File Folder EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Search - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 644
. To search for files of the selected user name that have a certain password, touch the [Password] key and enter the password. (It is not possible to search using a password only.) Using the file name or folder name to search Enter the file name or folder name in the text entry screen that appears - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 645
DOCUMENT FILING Search User Name Name 1 File or Folder Name Password file-01 4 Cancel Start Search Touch the [Start in the list. When a folder key is touched, a list of the files in the folder appears. Touch the desired file in the list. • You can also use the Web pages to search for a file - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 646
within a specified folder, follow the steps below. 1 (2) (1) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD Quick File Folder EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 647
] key can be touched. To search for files of the selected user name that have a certain password, touch the [Password] key and enter the password. (It is not possible to search using a password only.) Using the file name or folder name to search Enter the file name in the text entry screen that - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 648
(1) (2) Cancel Start Search User Name Name 1 File or Folder Name Password file-01 Search within Current Folder 5 Start searching. (1) Touch the [Search within Current Folder] checkbox so that it is selected . To search only files that are in the current folder, select the [Search within - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 649
16 • Address Book 7-16 • Custom Index 7-18 • Program 7-19 Fax Data Receive/Forward 7-20 • I-Fax Settings 7-20 Printer Condition Settings 7-21 • Printer Default Settings 7-21 • PCL Settings 7-22 • PostScript Setting 7-23 Document Filing Control 7-24 USB-Device Check 7-25 User Control 7-25 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 650
Enable/Disable Settings 7-90 Change Administrator Password 7-93 Product Key 7-93 Data Backup 7-94 Storing/Calling of System Settings 7-95 Sharp OSA Settings 7-96 SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX System Settings for Fax (General) List 7-97 Address Control 7-98 • Address Book 7-98 • F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 651
on the machine. • Settings related to the copy function • Network connection settings • Transmission/reception settings for faxes and scanned images • Advanced settings for the document filing function Settings for general users For more information, see "SYSTEM SETTINGS (ADMINISTRATOR)" (page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 652
(Optional): E-mail (1-999) Cancel OK III III JJJ JJJ Key Name: (2) Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Custom Index: User 1 (3) (8) Register this Address to be added to the [Frequent Use] index. (9) (10) (11) (1) "Sort" Use this to select the method of displaying destinations - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 653
users of the machine. Accessing the System Settings (General) JOB STATUS SYSTEM SETTINGS PRINT READY DATA IMAGE SEND LINE DATA HOME LOGOUT Make sure that the machine Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Admin Password Exit List Print (User) Fax Data Receive - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 654
rights, see "System Settings (Administrator) List" (page 7-29). • Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. • For explanations of settings related to the fax function, see "SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX" (page 7-97). Total Count - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 655
a large capacity tray is installed. Address Control Item Factory default setting ■ Address Control ● Address Book ● Custom Index ● Program - User 1 - Fax Data Receive/Forward Item ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ● I-Fax Settings* X Reception Start X Manual Reception Key in Initial Screen X Forward - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 656
Condition Settings ● Printer Default Settings X Copies X Orientation X Default Paper Size X Default Output Tray X Default Paper Type X Initial Resolution Setting X Disable Blank Page Print X Line Thickness X 2-Sided Print X Color Mode X N-Up Print X Fit To Page X Output Print per Unit X Quick File - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 657
25 User Control Item Factory default setting Page ■ User Control* 7-25 ● Modify User Information - 7-25 * When user authentication is enabled and the logged-in user does not have the authority to configure the system settings (administrator) (excluding factory default users). 7-9 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 658
used for automatic two-sided copying is counted as two pages scanning is performed. • Stapler (when a finisher or saddle stitch finisher is installed) Two-position stapling and pamphlet stapling are counted as "2". • The items displayed (or printed) will vary depending on the machine specifications - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 659
Default Settings The default settings for operation of the machine can be configured. Touch the [Default Settings] key and select the settings. Clock Adjust Use this to set the date and time in the machine in the system settings (administrator), the date and time cannot be set. 7-11 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 660
Extended Font List • NIC Page Sending Address List Lists can be printed of various addresses stored in the machine. • Individual List • Group List • Program List • Memory Box List • All Sending Address List Document Filing Folder List This shows the folder names for document filing. • The items - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 661
Disable Duplex Disable Staple Back Change 1 6 Disable Punch Copy Print Feeding Approved Job Fax I-Fax Doc. Filing Settings user type, [Fax] and [Internet Fax] cannot be selected. • If the paper size specified here is different from the size of paper that is loaded in a tray, a problem - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 662
/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed) Tray 5 (When a large capacity tray is installed) Plain, Pre-Printed, Recycled, Letter Head, Pre-Punched, Color, User Type 8-1/2" x 11", A4 Bypass In addition to the paper types of trays 1 to 4, Thin Paper Auto-Inch (12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 663
default names are "User Type 1" - "User Type 7". Fixed Paper Side Disable Duplex Disable Staple Disable Punch Enable this setting when paper with a front and reverse side is used. Enable this setting when paper is loaded Storing the paper size saves you the trouble of setting the size each time you - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 664
settings (administrator) for a function, addresses cannot be stored for that function. • To store addresses for Scan to FTP, Scan to Network Folder, and Scan to Desktop... Store Scan to FTP and Scan to Network addresses in the Web pages. Store Scan to Desktop addresses using Network Scanner Tool - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 665
Type Select the type of address to be stored in the address book. • E-mail: Store an e-mail address in a one-touch key. • Internet Fax: Store an Internet fax address in a one-touch key. • Direct SMTP:Store a Direct SMTP address in a one-touch key. • Fax: Store a fax number in a one-touch key - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 666
specified specific e-mail address in the [Direct SMTP Address] text box. Select the "Add Hostname or IP Address Too" checkbox and enter the host name or IPv4 address of the receiving machine in the [Hostname or IP Address] text box. Example:When the e-mail address of the receiving machine is "user - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 667
be stored in one program. This displays a list of the currently stored addresses. Touch the [Setup] key to open the condition settings screen for an address. Select the mode in which the address is used (Internet fax, scan, etc.) When a mode is selected, the settings for that mode appear. Frequently - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 668
because it is out of paper or out of toner, received faxes can be forwarded to another Internet fax machine. • To store a forwarding address, see "Set Address for Data Forwarding" (page 7-83) in the system settings (administrator). • If forwarding was not successful because the transmission was - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 669
does not have the provided print driver installed). When printing using the printer driver, the printer driver settings take precedence over the printer condition settings. Settings Copies Orientation Item Default Paper Size Default Output Tray Default Paper Type Initial Resolution Setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 670
• (Use Print per Unit) • (Do not use Print per Unit) • Staple Position*1: None, 1 Staple at Back, 2 Staples, 2 Staples (Top) • (Do (This function may not take effect with some print methods.) *5 Only effective when printing PDF, JPEG, and TIFF files. PCL Settings This is used to set the symbol sets - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 671
SYSTEM SETTINGS PostScript Setting When an error occurs during PostScript printing, these settings determine whether or not an error notice is printed and whether or not the PostScript data is received in binary format. Settings Item Print PS Error Binary Processing Description Selections When - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 672
be deleted. Either move the files to a different folder or delete them before deleting the folder. Settings Item Folder Name Initial of Folder Password of Folder Select User Name Description Enter a name (maximum of 28 characters) for the custom folder to be created. A name cannot be stored if - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 673
not be possible to use the settings below. Modify User Information The information of the currently logged in user can be edited. Settings Item User Name Initial Index Login Name Password My Folder E-mail Address Authentication Settings Pages Limit Group Authority Group Favorite Operation Group - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 674
Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Admin Password Exit List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Admin Password] key. System Settings Admin Password Cancel OK Enter the administrator password. (From 5 to 32 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 675
name / password / e-mail address is selected for the authentication method, the [E-mail Address] key will appear below the "User Name". • For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. • This completes the administrator login procedure - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 676
a user number with administrator rights. For more information on login procedures when user authentication is enabled, see "USER AUTHENTICATION" (page 1-17) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • To logout... Press the [LOGOUT] ( ) key. (Except when entering a fax number or when using PC scan mode - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 677
) List The system settings that appear following administrator login are shown below. The default setting for each item is also shown. • Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. • For information on the general - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 678
X Disabling of Covers/Inserts Mode X Set Keyboard Priority X Initial Original Count Setting ● MFP Display Pattern Setting ● Customize Key Setting*1 X Copy Customize 1 Customize 2 Customize 3 SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Disabled Disabled Enabled 1 min. 10 min. Page 7-59 7-59 7-59 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 679
Remote Operation Settings X Remote Software Operation Operational Authority View Password Entry Screen SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Address Review File Quick File Page - - - - - All Disabled Full Page Scan Send: Full Page Internet Fax Send: Full Page Fax Send: Full Page Data Entry - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 680
or IP Address of PC - View Password Entry Screen Display in Both PC and MFP X Operation by User who Has Password Operational Authority Prohibited View Password Entry Screen Display in Both PC and MFP ● Soft Keyboard Template Setting - *1 This cannot be set on the machine. Set - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 681
Original Size Fit to Page X Automatic Saddle Stitch* X Initial Tab Copy Setting X Disabling Deletion of Job Programs Factory default setting Varies depending on the machine configuration Auto 100% 1-Side to 1-Side - 5 Enabled - 999 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" X: 3-3/8", Y: 2-1/8" Disabled Enabled - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 682
X Quick Scan from Document Glass * When a saddle stitch finisher is installed. Network Settings ■ Network Settings ● IPv4 Settings ● IPv6 Settings ● Enable TCP/IP ● Enable NetWare ● Enable EtherTalk ● Enable NetBEUI ● Reset the NIC ● Ping Command Item SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 683
X Disabling of USB Memory Direct Print X Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print ● Interface Settings X Hexadecimal Dump Mode X 7-74 7-74 7-74 7-74 Factory default setting Scan (fax when fax is installed) Disabled Tab Switch: ABC, Address Type: All Page 7-75 7-75 7-75 7-75 7-75 7-35 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 684
SYSTEM SETTINGS Item Initial Resolution Setting • Scan • Internet Fax*1 • Fax*2 Default Exposure Settings • Original Image Type • Moiré Reduction Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting Scan Complete Sound Setting The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting The - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 685
Size of Data Attachments (FTP/Desktop/Network Folder) Bcc Setting • Enable Bcc • Display Bcc Address on the Job Status Screen Disable Scan Function • USB Memory Scan • PC Scan Pre-Setting Mail Signature X Default Address Setting ● I-Fax Settings*1 X I-Fax Default Settings Auto Wake Up Print - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 686
in Case of Line Busy Recall in Case of Communication Error X I-Fax Receive Settings Auto Receive Reduce Setting Duplex Reception Setting Set Address for Data Forwarding • Direct SMTP • Add Hostname or IP Address Too • Hostname or IP Address Receiving Date & Time Print A3 RX Reduce POP3 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 687
X Default Mode Settings X Sort Method Setting X Administrator Authority Setting Delete File Delete Folder Change Password X Scan Complete Sound Setting X Default Output Tray*1 X Disable Stamp for Reprinting X Batch Print Settings Selection of [All Users] is not allowed. Selection of [User - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 688
X Internet Fax Send*2 Copy Scan Send Internet Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax) Scan to HDD X Fax Send*3 Copy Scan Send Internet Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax)*2 Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax)*3 Scan to HDD ● Automatic Deletion of File Settings *1 When the exit tray unit is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 689
Administrator) Item ■ List Print (Administrator) ● Administrator Settings List ● Image Sending Activity Report ● Data Receive/Forward List ● Web Settings List*1 ● Metadata Set List*2 *1 When network Factory default setting - - - - - Page 7-88 7-88 7-88 7-88 7-88 7-88 Factory default setting Page - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 690
in Duplex Copy X Disabling of Auto Paper Selection ● Printer Settings X Prohibit Notice Page Printing X Prohibit Test Page Printing X Exclude Bypass-Tray from Auto Paper Select X Disabling of USB Memory Direct Print X Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 691
installed. Page 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 Change Administrator Password Item ■ Change Administrator Password Factory default setting See "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. Page 7-93 7-43 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 692
Item Factory default setting ■ Product Key* ● Serial Number - ● PS3 Expansion Kit - ● Internet Fax Expansion Kit Sharp OSA Settings Item Factory default setting ■ Sharp OSA Settings ● External Account Setting* X External Account Control X Enable Authentication by External Server ● USB Driver - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 693
for one-sided copying only. • If auto login fails for some reason when auto login is enabled, or the login user does not have administrator rights, all system settings or the system settings (administrator) will lock. In this event, the administrator should touch the [Admin Password] key in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 694
driver and print data has been spooled to the machine, you can have the spooled print data automatically print out when the user who enabled retention logs in. Default Network Authentication Server Setting Use this to set the default network authentication server. When a user logs in from the Web - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 695
. Do not enter if the default folder is specified. The names of attributes that the machine obtains from the LDAP server can be changed in "Pages Limit Group", "Authority Group", "Favorite Operation Group", and "My Folder" in "Network Settings" > "LDAP Settings" on the Web page. The "Pages Limit - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 696
folder. • If the access control obtained from the LDAP server is not registered in the machine, the factory default user authority will be applied. • When this function is not enabled and a user is authenticated by network authentication as a non-registered user, the factory default user authority - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 697
be selected in the login user screen.) For settings related to each of the users, see the following table. User Name Administrator User Other User Login Name admin users Other Password (See the Safety Guide.)* 1 users*1 - My Folder Main Folder Authentication Settings Login Locally - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 698
(1 to 32 characters). (The password can be omitted.) E-mail Address Enter the e-mail address used in the sender list and for LDAP authentication (maximum of 64 characters). My Folder A folder ("My Folder") can be specified as the folder used by the user for document filing. A previously created - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 699
Limit Settings. The page limits for each user are specified by selecting one of these stored groups when the user is stored. When the [Page Limit on the settings, see "Settings". To return a group to the factory default state, set "Select the Group Name to be the Registration Model" to "Unlimited - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 700
for the group. For information on the settings, see "List of settings and factory default settings of template groups" (page 7-53). To return a group to the factory default state, select [Return to Administrator Authority], [Return to User Authority], or [Return to Guest Authority]. 7-52 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 701
• Network Folder • USB Memory • PC Scan • Internet Fax Send • PC-I-Fax Send • Fax Send • PC-Fax Send Color Scan Special Modes Usage Approval Setting for Addressing • are applied. The factory default groups and their settings are shown below. Admin User Guest Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 702
allowed All allowed MFP Settings System Settings Operational Authority System Settings*1 Allowed*2 Only user authority settings are allowed Web Settings Operational Authority Display of Device /Network Status Allowed Power Reset Prohibited Machine Identification Prohibited Application - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 703
Copy Ratio, Duplex, and Output. Select settings for Resolution, Exposure, Color Mode, File Format, and Original Image Type. Store the default fax the printer driver and print data has been spooled to the machine, you can have the spooled print data automatically print out when the user who enabled - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 704
My Menu to be the Registration Model Display Title Title Display the User Name Display the Date and Time Background Image Design Template Layout of Keys Enter a maximum of 70 characters for the title name. Show the currently logged-in user name on the My Menu. Show the date and time on the My Menu. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 705
total number of pages printed by each user. When the [User Count] key is touched, the following screen appears. User Count Index Switch ABC Sorting Order Search Number Select All Users Administrator Other User *Name 2 *Name 4 Name 6 Show Delete User Name 1 Name 3 Name 5 Name 7 Back 1 2 All - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 706
of the selected item to "0". Clear All Counts Reset all items of the selected user to "0". When multiple users are selected Item Description Show Counts The counts and the number of pages remaining of the selected users are shown by function. Clear Count Reset the count of the selected item - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 707
You can reduce the amount of toner used for printing. Print data Print example when "Toner Save Mode" is enabled [Print] in Toner Save Mode is only effective when the machine's printer driver is not used. When the printer driver is used, the printer driver setting takes precedence. This function - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 708
copy mode Exposure adjustment screen in base screen of copy mode Exposure adjustment screen in base screen of fax, Internet fax, and network scanner modes Exposure adjustment screen for Scan MFP Display Language Setting The language that appears in the touch panel can be changed. When user - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 709
keyboard or external keyboard. Initial Original Count Setting This specifies whether or not "Original Count" in the special functions is enabled for each function. Copy • Copy Image Send • Scan • Internet Fax • Fax Job • Data Entry Document Filing • Scan to HDD SYSTEM SETTINGS 7-61 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 710
MFP factory default state. This setting can only be configured in the Web pages. It cannot be configured in the touch panel of the machine. Home up to 10 KB in size. Application Keys Up to four shortcut keys for Sharp OSA applications can be stored. Background Image When [Use Custom Image] is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 711
maximum of 70 characters for the title name. Display the User Name* Show the currently logged-in user name on the My Menu. Display the Date and Time * Does not appear when user authentication is not enabled. This setting can only be configured in the Web pages. It cannot be configured in the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 712
Preview Set the selection state of the [Preview] key in each of the screens below. Copy Image Send • Scan Send • Internet Fax Send • Fax Send • Data Entry • USB Memory Scan • Address Book Document Filing • Scan to HDD Default Preview Display Set the display zoom ratio of the preview screen for - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 713
(general). Tandem Connection Setting When two machines are used as network printers using TCP/IP protocol, use this setting to configure the port number and IP address of the machine used as the tandem slave machine. Disabling of Master Machine Mode To prohibit tandem transmission, enable this - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 714
of a Hard Disk This function optimizes the hard drive of the machine by defragmenting data. If a job is in progress, a message will the job is finished. During optimization, the following operations are not possible: • Web page access, reception of print data • Use of keys on the operation panel - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 715
SYSTEM SETTINGS Original Size Detector Setting One of the 8 groups of standard original sizes shown below can be selected for detection by the original size detection function. Selections Inch-1 Inch-2 Inch-3 AB-1 AB-2 AB-3 AB-4 AB-5 Detectable original sizes Document glass Document feeder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 716
setting is enabled, scanning is still possible using stapling, such as when the stapler unit to control the toner fusing temperature according paper, letterhead paper, colored paper, and user type paper. You can select "16 machine is restarted. To restart the machine see "TURNING THE POWER ON AND OFF - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 717
The following settings are related to copying. Touch the [Copy Function Settings] key to configure the settings. Default settings selected with these settings apply to all functions of the machine (not just the copy function). Initial Status Settings The copier settings are reset when the [POWER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 718
finisher is installed.) This is used to have saddle stitch stapling take place automatically when the pamphlet copy function is used. Initial Tab Copy Setting This is used to set the default image shift width (tab width) for tab copying. The default width can be set from 0" (0 mm) to 5/8" (20 mm) in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 719
scan at 600 x 300 dpi (MX-M363N/MX-M503N)/600 x 400dpi (MX-M283N) and attain the fastest speed. • The copy loaded in a tray while the machine is on standby in copy mode, that tray is automatically selected. Quick Scan from Document Glass This is used to change the scanning resolution for copying - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 720
is enabled, it is not necessary to manually enter an IP address. Manual Address Enter the IP address of the machine. Prefix Length Enter the prefix length (0 to 128). Default Gateway Enter the IP Gateway address. • If the machine will be used on a TCP/IP network, be sure to enable "Enable TCP - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 721
loaded PDF job is printed, the job appears in the spool queue. Disabling of USB Memory Direct Print This setting is used to disable printing of files on USB memory. When this setting is enabled, "USB Memory" in the External Data Access screen cannot be used to print files. Disabling of Network Folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 722
that you use the factory default setting "Auto". Enable Network Port This is used to enable printing from the network port. Network Port Emulation Switching This setting is used to select the emulated printer language when the machine is connected by a network port. The settings are shown - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 723
Switch • ABC • Group Address Type • All • E-mail • FTP/Desktop • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax • Group Initial Resolution Setting The following settings are available for the default resolutions of scan, Internet fax, and fax mode. Scan : 100X100 dpi, 200X200 dpi - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 724
This disables address control from the machine. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • Group (Direct Entry) • Group (Address Book) • Individual Select All: Select all items. Clear Checked: Clear all selections. Disable Registering Destination on Web Page (When network connection is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 725
: Clear all selections. Disable Direct Entry This prohibits the direct entry of addresses. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • E-mail • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax Select All: Select all items. Clear Checked: Clear all selections. Disable PC - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 726
fax address, fax number of the machine and the name of the user. Sender Data Registration Use this to store the sender name for fax and Internet fax, the sender number for fax, and the sender address for Internet fax. The stored sender name and fax I-Fax Own Address Enter a default sender address ( - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 727
to set the default file format for Scan to E-mail and USB memory mode when the e-mail address is entered manually by touching the [Address Entry] key. File Format PDF, TIFF, JPEG*1, Compact PDF*2,4, Compact PDF (Ultra Fine)*2,4, Encrypt PDF, Encry./Compact PDF*3,4, Encrypt/Compact PDF (Ultra Fine - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 728
Fax specific signature at the end of e-mail. The mail signature to be appended is configured in the Web address. • When this setting is enabled, the base screen changes to scan mode. • Only a single default address can be set for Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, and Scan to Network Folder - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 729
These settings are used to configure the default settings for Internet fax. Auto Wake Up Print When the [POWER] key ( ) is "off" (but the main power switch is "on") and an Internet fax is received, this function activates the machine and prints the fax. When this function is disabled, received - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 730
be printed). • The Image Sending Activity Report can also be printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 7-88) in the system settings (administrator). Body Text Print Select Setting Image files attached to Internet faxes are normally printed. This setting can be enabled to also have the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 731
received fax, the fax can be forwarded to another machine. This setting is used to configure the address of the other machine. Forwarding to Enter the forwarding address (maximum of 64 characters). Direct SMTP Select this to enable forwarding when direct SMTP is used. Add Hostname or IP Address Too - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 732
screen to delete it from the list. When there are no stored anti junk mail addresses or domains, only the [Add New] key can be selected. I-Fax Output Setting This sets the output tray for received Internet faxes. The items that appear will vary depending the machine configuration. 7-84 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 733
of files stored in the Main Folder, Custom Folder, and Quick File Folder. Select one of the following settings: • File Name • User Name • Date Administrator Authority Setting For files and user folders that have a password, this setting allows the administrator password to be entered instead of the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 734
. The beep can also be turned off. Default Output Tray (When the exit tray unit is installed.) This setting is used to select the default output tray for printing a file stored by Scan to HDD. The items that appear will vary depending the machine configuration. Card Shot Settings This is used to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 735
added to the machine. Item Print Scan Send Internet Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax) Description For folder separately, select [Folder Select] and select the desired folder. To select all folders, including the folder currently being created, select [All Folders (Including folders - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 736
Fax) • Image Sending Activity Report (Fax) Data Receive/Forward List The following lists showing reception settings and forwarding settings can be printed. • Allow/Reject Number List • Allow/Reject Mail & Domain Name List • Inbound Routing List • Document Admin List Web Settings List (When network - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 737
disable the setting at the machine and then correct the settings in the Web page. IEEE802.1X Setting IEEE802.1X can be used to authenticate a user to allow use of the machine. IEEE802.1X protocol defines port-based authentication for both wired and wireless networks. Use IEEE802.1X authentication to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 738
User Printing by users whose information is not stored in the machine, such as printing without entering valid user information in the printer driver or printing of a file on an FTP server from the Web the setting is enabled, scanning is still possible using stapling, such as when the stapler unit of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 739
is enabled, "Network Folder" in the External Data Access screen cannot be used to print files. Image Send Settings Other Disabling Disable Switching of Display Order This is used to prohibit changes to the order of display (search number order, ascending, descending) in the address book. When this - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 740
Web Page (When network connection is enabled.) This disables address control from the Web pages. • Group (Direct Entry) • Group (Address Book entry of addresses. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • E-mail • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax Select All - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 741
the administrator password. Password Enter the new administrator password (5 to 32 characters). Password (confirmation) Enter the new password once again for confirmation purposes. For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. Product - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 742
data is not copied when device cloning is performed: • List print and fax forwarding items. • Count and device status display items. • IP address of the machine, device name, administrator password, sender names for image send, and other information that is specific to the machine. • Screen contrast - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 743
before restoring the factory default settings, print the current settings using "List Print (Administrator)" (page 7-88) in the system settings (administrator). When settings are changed, the changes will take effect after the machine is restarted. To restart the machine see "TURNING THE POWER - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 744
1-15) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE ". Job Priority Preference Set the playing speed of the animation in the Sharp OSA application. The following settings can the animation playing speed when the machine is not processing a print job. USB Driver Settings Set the driver of the USB device to be - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 745
only be accessed with administrator rights, see "System Settings for Fax (Administrator) List" (page 7-103). Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. Address Control ■ Address Control ● Address Book ● F-Code Memory Box - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 746
Address Control Address Book This section explains items specifically used for fax in "Address Control". For items that are also used for other functions, see "Address Control" (page 7-16). When the [Address Book] key is touched, the following screen appears. Address end receiving machine in an - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 747
number. (2) Touch the [/] key. (3) Enter the sub address (maximum of 20 digits). (4) Touch the [/] key. (5) Enter the passcode (maximum of 20 digits). A passcode is not necessary if the destination machine does not use a passcode. The destination fax number can be a maximum of 64 digits including - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 748
SYSTEM SETTINGS F-Code Memory Box This section explains how to store memory boxes for various types of F-code communication. When the [F-Code Memory Box] key is touched, the following screen appears. System Settings F-Code Memory Box Sort Polling Memory Box 1 Box 3 Box 5 Box 7 Box 9 Box 2 Box 4 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 749
of the end recipients (up to 30) in the memory box. The sub-address and passcode that you program in the memory box are necessary for the other machine to perform an F-code relay request transmission (ask your machine to relay a fax). Memory Box Name Enter a name (maximum of 18 characters) for the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 750
to the machine. Fax reception is begun by manual operation after answering on the extension phone. Specify whether or not two or more copies of received faxes will be printed. The number of copies is set in "Fax Output Settings", (page 7-109). Staple Specify whether or not stapling is performed - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 751
see "Accessing the System Settings (Administrator)" (page 7-26). • Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. Image Send Settings Item ■ Image Send Settings ● Fax Settings X Fax Default Settings Dial Mode Setting Auto - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 752
Reduce Fax Output Settings X Allow/Reject Number Setting X Fax Polling Security SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Page . 2 Disabled Enabled Auto Size Select - Disabled Disabled Varies depending on the machine configuration All disabled Enabled 7-106 7-106 7-106 7-107 7-107 7-107 7-107 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 753
scan, Internet fax, etc.) can be configured. Touch the [Image Send Settings] key to configure the settings. Fax Settings Fax Default Settings The fax and a fax is received, this function automatically activates the machine and prints the fax. When this function is disabled, received faxes are not - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 754
can also be printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 7-88). ECM Line conditions can sometimes distort a transmitted fax image. When ECM (Error Correction Mode) is turned on, pages that are distorted are automatically re-transmitted. If the other machine supports Super G3, ECM will - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 755
will not begin until all pages have been scanned. Note that this setting does not apply to manual transmission. Printing Page Number at Receiver This setting is used to add the page number to the top of each fax page printed by the receiving machine. Date/Own Number Print Position Setting This - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 756
Telephone Number for Data Forwarding When a problem prevents the machine from printing a received fax, the received fax can be forwarded to another fax machine. This setting is used to program the fax number of the destination fax machine. Only one forwarding fax number can be programmed (maximum of - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 757
faxes. Number of Prints Set the number of copies of received faxes that are printed to any number from 1 to 99. Staple Position When a finisher is installed, set the position at which received faxes are stapled allow/reject specification, no keys other than [Add New] can be selected. 7-109 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 758
. Add New When the Polling Security Setting is enabled, use this setting to store (or delete) the fax numbers of the machines that are allowed to poll your machine. The stored fax numbers are called passcode numbers. Up to 10 passcode numbers can be stored (maximum of 20 digits each). Passcode - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 759
you are unable to solve a problem using this manual, please contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. System settings Descriptions of system settings similar to the following example appear in this manual. Example: ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Copy Function Settings" > "Other - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 760
from the machine. Fusing unit REMOVING MISFEEDS When a paper misfeed occurs, the message "A misfeed has occurred." will appear in the touch panel and printing and scanning will stop. In this event, touch the [Information] key in the touch panel. When the key is touched, instructions for removing - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 761
TROUBLESHOOTING PAPER MISFEED ILLUSTRATIONS If you require more information when reading the instructions in the touch panel, see the paper misfeed illustrations below. Refer to the illustration below and then go to the appropriate illustration (1 to 16) for - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 762
from the touch panel. (4) Paper misfeed in the paper pass unit Pull out the paper pass unit and remove the misfed paper. Caution The fusing unit area is hot. Take care not to burn yourself. (Do not touch any metal parts.) Unfused toner may remain on the paper that is removed. Take care that - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 763
(8) Paper misfeed in the bypass tray Remove the misfed paper. TROUBLESHOOTING (12) Paper misfeed in the finisher Open the front cover. (9) Paper misfeed in tray 1 to tray 4 (side) The misfeed may have occurred inside the machine. Check carefully and remove it. While pressing the lever over to the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 764
finisher (top) Open the top cover and remove the misfed paper. TROUBLESHOOTING When a punch module is installed. Open the front cover. ( the tray release lever, carefully slide the large capacity tray away from the main unit until it stops. Move lever (A) to the right (A) and remove the misfed - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 765
TROUBLESHOOTING REMOVING STAPLE JAMS Follow the steps below to remove a staple jam. ☞ FINISHER ☞ FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) (page 8-9) ☞ SADDLE STITCH FINISHER (page 8-11) FINISHER Open the cover. 1 While pressing the lever over to the left, slide the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 766
TROUBLESHOOTING Lower the lever at the front end of the staple case. 5 Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Slide the finisher back to the right. Gently slide the finisher back to the right until it locks - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 767
STACKER) TROUBLESHOOTING Open the front cover. 1 Squeeze the green parts of the staple case and pull the case up and then out. 2 Lower the lever at the front end of the staple case and remove the jammed staple. Remove the leading staple if it is bent. If bent staples remain, a staple jam will - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 768
TROUBLESHOOTING Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 5 Close the front cover. 6 Make a test print or copy using the staple function to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 8-10 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 769
SADDLE STITCH FINISHER Finisher unit TROUBLESHOOTING Open the front cover. 1 While pulling the lever, slide the saddle stitch finisher to the left until it stops. 2 Lower the staple case release lever and remove the staple case. 3 Pull the staple case out to the right. Raise the lever at the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 770
TROUBLESHOOTING Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Push the saddle stitch finisher back and latch it to the machine. 7 Close the front cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 8-12 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 771
TROUBLESHOOTING Saddle stitch unit Before starting this procedure, remove all output from the output tray of the saddle stitch finisher. Do not replace removed output in the output tray. Open the side cover. 1 Remove the staple cartridge from the staple unit. 2 Lock the staple unit. Push the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 772
TROUBLESHOOTING Push down knob (B). 6 (B) Load new staple cartridges. Remove the cover from each staple cartridge and then install the cartridge. 7 Close the side cover. 8 Make a test print or copy using the saddle stitch function to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 8-14 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 773
received to be lost. PROBLEMS RELATED TO COPYING OPERATION Problem Copying does not take place. Point to check Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Image rotation does not take place. Did you select the paper size or copy ratio manually? Are you copying using settings that do not - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 774
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Two-sided copying does not take place. The paper size of a tray cannot be set. Point to check Does the paper type setting of the selected tray specify a type of paper that cannot be used for two-sided copying? Solution Check "Tray Settings" in the system settings. If the [ - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 775
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO COPY RESULTS Problem The image is too light or too dark. Part of the image is cut off. Copies come out blank. Point to check Is the image too light or too dark? Has an appropriate exposure mode for the original type been selected? - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 776
cause the data being stored or received to be lost. PROBLEMS RELATED TO PRINTING OPERATION Problem Printing does not take place. Point to check Is your computer connected correctly to the machine? Is the machine connected to the same network (LAN, etc.) as your computer? Solution Make sure that - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 777
Print (User)" > "All Custom Setting List" ☞ Software Setup Guide If the IP address changes frequently, it is recommended that a permanent IP address be assigned to the machine. ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Network Settings" When a port created with Standard TCP/IP Port in Windows is used - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 778
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Printing does not take place. Two-sided printing does not take place. Direct printing of a file in a shared folder on a computer is not possible. A tray, finisher, or other peripheral device installed on the machine cannot be used. Point to check Was a Notice Page printed? - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 779
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO PRINT RESULTS Problem The image is grainy. The image is too light or too dark. Text and lines are faint and difficult to see. Part of the image is cut off. Point to check Are the printer driver settings appropriate for the print job? Does the image ( - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 780
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem The image is upside down. Point to check Are you using a type of paper (tab paper, punch paper, etc.) that can only be loaded in a fixed orientation? Is the correct binding position selected for two-sided printing? Many nonsense Is your computer or the machine in an - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 781
TROUBLESHOOTING FACSIMILE PROBLEMS RELATED TO TRANSMISSION • Transmission does not take place 8-24 • The transmitted fax prints out blank at the receiving side 8-25 • The transmitted fax is reduced by the receiving fax machine 8-25 • Transmission does not begin at the specified time 8-26 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 782
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO TRANSMISSION Problem machine supports error correction mode (ECM) and is configured to automatically resend any part of a fax that is distorted due to noise on the line. ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Image Send Settings" > "Fax Settings" > "Fax Default - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 783
size is detected during scanning. Following the instructions in the display, unfold the original, place it in the automatic document feeder again, and rescan. Check with the operator of the other machine to make sure that the sub-address and passcode are correct. When user authentication is enabled - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 784
display instructing you to add toner or paper? (Printing is not possible when this screen appears.) Does a password entry screen appear? Has cut-off printing been disabled in the system settings (administrator)? Is forwarding (Inbound Routing function) selected in the Web page for a received fax? Is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 785
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem The machine does not begin fax reception. Point to check Has the reception mode been set to "Manual Reception" in the system settings? Is little free memory remaining? Solution When the reception mode is set to "Manual Reception", the machine will not receive faxes - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 786
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO ONE-TOUCH INDIVIDUAL KEYS / GROUP KEYS Problem A one-touch individual key or group key cannot be stored. Point to check Has the maximum number of keys been stored? Have functions been disabled by the administrator "List Print (User)" > "Sending Address List" > - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 787
TROUBLESHOOTING SCANNING / INTERNET FAX PROBLEMS RELATED TO SCANNING / INTERNET FAX OPERATION • Transmission does not take place 8-29 • An address cannot be specified 8-30 • Mode cannot be selected 8-30 • The received image file cannot be opened 8-30 • Transmission takes a long time 8-31 • A - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 788
(When using Scan to Network Folder.) Is "IPsec Settings" enabled on the machine? (When using Scan to Network Folder.) Did you place a long size original on the document glass when it is scanned? Did you place an original that is folded? Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Solution If - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 789
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Transmission takes a long time. A destination is pre-selected. Cannot write to USB memory. (When using USB Memory Scan.) Point to check Is the resolution setting appropriate at the time of scanning? Is "Default Address Setting" enabled in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 790
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO SCAN RESULTS Problem The scanned image is clipped. The quality of the scanned image is poor. The scanned image is blank. The scanned image is upside down or on its side. The scanned image is black and white. Point to check Is the original scan size setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 791
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem JPEG was selected for the file type but the file was created as a TIFF file. The image is too light or too dark. (When using PC Scan key. When scanning from the TWAIN driver with [Mono 2 gradation] selected from the [Color Mode] of the "Custom Settings" window, check the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 792
in the system settings (administrator). Check with your administrator. Has your administrator enabled a function that prevents editing/deleting? If your administrator has enabled "Default Address Setting" (on the machine) or "Inbound Routing Settings" (in the Web pages), editing/deleting will - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 793
36 • A custom folder name cannot be stored or changed 8-36 • A file name is cut off 8-36 • If you cannot find the item that you are looking for in the above table of contents, see "GENERAL PROBLEMS" (page 8-37). • If you are unable to solve a problem using the solutions in this manual, switch off - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 794
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem A job cannot be stored in a custom folder. Point to check Do custom folders appear in "Folder Information"? (When printing) Does the custom folder have a password? Solution Click the [Get Folder Name] button in the document filing save screen of the printer driver to call - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 795
TROUBLESHOOTING GENERAL PROBLEMS PROBLEMS RELATED TO MACHINE OPERATION • Specified machine functions cannot be used 8-38 logout yourself 8-45 • You forgot the administrator password 8-45 If you are unable to solve a problem using the solutions in this manual, switch off the [POWER] key ( - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 796
information. (If you do not know your user information, contact your administrator.) Auto Login failed due to a problem on the network. Contact your administrator. If you are the administrator, touch the [Admin Password] key, log in as an administrator, and temporarily change the auto login settings - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 797
, stop using the machine, unplug the power plug, and contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. (When contacting your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department, inform them of the displayed error code.) Add paper as instructed by the message in the touch panel. When toner runs low - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 798
than the indicator line. Fan the paper well before loading it. Are you using paper that is not within the specifications? Use SHARP-recommended paper. Using paper that is not supported may result in misfeeds, creases, or smudges. ☞ "SUPPLIES" in the Safety Guide For paper that is prohibited or not - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 799
placed on the trays that can be used in each mode (copy, print, fax, Internet fax, and document filing)? Is too much paper loaded in the bypass tray? Are the bypass tray guides adjusted to the width of the paper? Are the original guides adjusted to the width of the paper? Have functions been - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 800
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Smudges appear on printed output. Point to check Are you using paper that is not within the specifications? Solution Use SHARP-recommended paper. Using paper that is for other models or special paper that is not supported may result in misfeeds, creases, or smudges. ☞ " - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 801
"Call for service. Code:xx-xx* Please check the power of the finisher." *Letters and numbers appear in xx-xx. Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Does a message appear instructing you to check the staple unit? Solution Ask your dealer if the device is compatible with the machine. Use - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 802
sizes that can be stapled, see "SPECIFICATIONS" in the Safety Guide. Check the paper type settings in the machine and select a tray that has paper that can be used for stapling*. Click the [Tray Status] button in "Paper Selection" on the [Paper] tab of the printer properties window and check the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 803
Settings" > "Other Settings" > "Auto Clear Setting" Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. After changing the password, take special care to remember it. 8-45 Contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 804
Operation Guide MODEL: MX-M283N MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 1 Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, New Jersey 07495-1163. www.sharpusa.com SHARP ELECTRONICS OF CANADA LTD. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 MXM503N-US-Z1 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 805
MODEL: MX-M283N MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM Software Setup Guide BEFORE INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE SETUP IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT SETUP IN A MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT TROUBLESHOOTING Keep this manual close at hand for reference whenever needed. - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 806
and how to install the scanner driver. If the software is not installed correctly or you need to remove the software, see "4. TROUBLESHOOTING" (page 40). Please note • The explanations in this manual assume that you have a working knowledge of your Windows or Macintosh computer. • For information on - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 807
33 MAC OS 9.0 - 9.2.2 38 4 TROUBLESHOOTING WHEN INSTALLATION WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL. . 40 REMOVING THE SOFTWARE 43 2 SETUP IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT OPENING THE SOFTWARE SELECTION SCREEN (FOR ALL SOFTWARE 8 INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 9 • WHEN THE MACHINE IS CONNECTED TO A NETWORK - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 808
you use the PCL6 printer driver. If you have a problem printing from older software using the PCL6 printer driver, use the PCL5e printer driver. - PS printer driver The PS printer driver supports the PostScript 3 page description language developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated. - PPD driver The PPD - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 809
allows the administrator to monitor the machine and configure machine settings from a computer. To install and use the Printer Administration Utility, see the Readme file and the manual in PDF format on the "Software CD-ROM" (Disc 2). The Readme file and manual are in the following folder on the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 810
need to reinstall the PC-Fax driver.) ☞ INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER (page 9) X "Sharpdesk/Network Scanner Utilities" CD-ROM (for Windows) This contains software that helps you get the most out of the images that you scan on the machine. The software includes "Sharpdesk", a desktop - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 811
the machine is connected with a USB cable. The PC-Fax driver and scanner driver cannot be used. • For users of Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0 The CD-ROM does not include software for Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0. Contact your dealer or nearest authorized service representative if you want software for Windows 98 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 812
be met to use the software described in this manual. Operating system environment*1 Windows Macintosh Software PCL6 printer driver, PCL5e printer driver PS printer driver, PPD driver PC-Fax driver*2 Scanner driver Printer Status Monitor Printer Administration Utility Macintosh PPD file Required - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 813
be possible. This problem can be avoided by using a WINS server or by assigning a permanent IP address to the machine. • This manual explains how to set up the software in a Windows network environment and in a Macintosh network environment. • To use the machine on an IPv6 network, the IPv6 setting - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 814
follow, see the appropriate page below for the software that you are installing. INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER • WHEN THE MACHINE IS CONNECTED TO A NETWORK* - Standard installation: page 9 - Installation by specifying the machine's address: page 12 - Printing using the IPP function - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 815
to install the printer driver and the PC-Fax driver when the machine is connected to a Windows network (TCP/IP network). Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. • The PS3 expansion - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 816
pages: • LPR Direct Print (Specify Address): page 12 • IPP: page 14 • Shared printer: page 20 • Connected to this computer: page 16 3 Printers connected to the network are detected. Select the machine and click the [Next] button. • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 817
FONTS" (page 28). • If you are using the machine as a shared printer, see "USING THE MACHINE AS A SHARED PRINTER" (page 20) to install the printer driver on each of the client computers. 7 Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window that appears and click the [Next] button - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 818
PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER X Installation by specifying the machine's address When the machine cannot be found because it is not powered on or otherwise, installation is possible by entering the name (host name) or IP address of the machine. If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network, after - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 819
), select [No] and click the [Next] button. 10 Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window that appears and click the [Next] button. Installation begins. • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear. Go to the next step. • The PS3 expansion kit - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 820
(administrator) of the machine. To configure the settings, see "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS" in the Operation Guide. When the software selection screen appears in step 6 of "OPENING THE SOFTWARE SELECTION SCREEN (FOR ALL SOFTWARE)" (page 8), perform the steps below. 1 Click the [Printer Driver] button - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 821
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 5 Enter the machine's URL and click the [Next] button. Enter the URL in the following format: Normal format: http:// - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 822
DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER WHEN THE MACHINE WILL BE CONNECTED WITH A USB CABLE Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window that appears and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 823
USB cable. 8 Installation of the PCL6 printer driver begins. When the "Found New Hardware Wizard" appears, select [Install the software automatically (Recommended)], click the [Next] button, and follow the on-screen instructions. • If you are using Windows Vista/Server 2008 If a security warning - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 824
5 When the printer driver selection window appears, remove the [PCL6] checkmark and select the printer driver to be installed, and then click the [Next] button. Click the checkbox of the printer driver to be installed so that a checkmark ( ) appears. 18 • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 825
. • Make sure that the port of the installed driver is the same as the port used by the PCL6 printer driver. The port used by the printer driver of the machine is indicated by a checkmark on the [Ports] tab of the printer driver properties window. (In Windows 98/Me, this is the port selected in - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 826
are going to use the machine as a shared printer on a Windows network with the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver installed on a print server, follow the steps below to install the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver on the client computers. • Ask your network administrator for the server name and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 827
on the machine and you wish to use the standard Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0 PS printer driver, follow the steps below to install the PPD driver using the Add Printer Wizard. • The CD-ROM does not include software for Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0. Contact your dealer or nearest authorized service representative if - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 828
configured based on the detected machine status. 2 Open the printer properties window. (1) Right-click the printer driver icon of the machine. (2) Select [Properties]. If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network, you must configure the options manually as explained in "If automatic - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 829
. If a user type name (1 to 7) was changed, enter the changed name. Set Tandem Print*: Enter the setting (the IP address of the slave machine) in "Tandem Connection Setting" in the system settings (administrator) of the machine. * "Set Tandem Print" can only be configured when the printer driver is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 830
the printer driver for the options installed on the machine. (1) If [Printers and Faxes] does not appear in the [start] menu in Windows XP, trays on the machine.) Follow these steps to print out the "All Custom Setting List": Press the [SYSTEM SETTINGS] key, touch the [List Print (User)] key, and - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 831
by a USB cable. • When printing to the machine using the IPP function. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. When the software selection screen appears in step 6 of "OPENING THE - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 832
, the "Select Device" utility is also installed. The IP address of the machine is configured in the scanner driver using "Select Device". 5 Click the [start] button, select [All Programs] ([Programs] in Windows 98/Me/2000), select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K], and then select [Select Device]. 6 Click the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 833
7 Select the IP address of the machine from the "Address" menu and click the [OK] button. • Be sure to ask your system administrator (network administrator) for the IP address of the machine. • The name (host name) or IP address of the machine can be directly entered in "Address". • If the port - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 834
PS3 expansion kit. Install these fonts as needed for the PS printer driver. 1 Insert the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 confirmation, click [Allow]. 7 Follow the on-screen instructions. 4 The "SOFTWARE LICENSE" window will appear. Make sure that you understand the contents - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 835
PORT When using the machine in a Windows environment, follow the steps below to change the port when you have changed the IP address of the machine or have installed the PC-Fax driver when the machine is connected with a USB cable. If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network, follow the steps - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 836
or a wide area network (WAN) using the IPP function, select [SC-Print2005 Port], click the [New Port] button (the [OK] button in Windows 98/Me), and follow the on-screen instructions to create the port again. (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) Enter the machine's IP address. ☞ Checking the IP address of the - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 837
Standard TCP/IP Port If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network, change the port to a port created using the operating system's "Standard TCP/IP Port". 1 IP Port] and then click the [New Port] button. 3 Click the [Next] button. 4 Enter the machine's IPv6 address in [Printer Name or IP Address] - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 838
[Finish] button. 9 Click the [Close] button in the screen of step 2. When using a port created with "Standard TCP/IP Port" When using a port created using "Standard TCP/IP Port" in Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/Server 2008, in the screen that appears after you click the [Configure Port] button - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 839
) on the desktop. 5 Double-click the [MX-PKX] icon ( ). If the "Authenticate" window appears in Mac OS X v10.2.8, enter the password and click the [OK] button. 6 Click the [Continue] button. 3 Double-click the [MacOSX] folder. Before installing the software, be sure to read "ReadMe First". "ReadMe - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 840
"Authenticate" window appears, enter the password and click the [OK] button. 10 When the message "The software was successfully installed" appears in the installation window, click the [Close] button. This completes the installation of the software. Next, configure the printer driver settings. 34 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 841
is a sequence of characters that varies depending on your model.) (3) Select the PPD file of the machine. • If you are using Mac OS X v10.3.9, select [Auto Select]. • If you are using Mac OS X v10.2.8, select [Sharp] and click the PPD file of your model. (4) Click the [Add] button. If you are using - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 842
. (2) Select the options that are installed on the machine. (3) Click the [Apply Changes] button. If you are using Mac OS X v10.5 to 10.5.5, click the [OK] button. (4) Click to close the window. You can check the options that are installed on the machine by printing out the "All Custom Setting List - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 843
Protocol] in "Protocol". Enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) and the queue name. Enter "ipp" in "Queue". (3) Select [Sharp] in "Print Using" and click the PPD file of your model. If you are using Mac OS X v 10.5 to 10.5.5, select [Select a driver to use] from "Print Using - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 844
the [MacOS] folder. Before installing the software, be sure to read "ReadMe First". "ReadMe machine's model name. The machine's model name usually appears as [SCxxxxxx]. ("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on your model.) (3) Click the [Create] button. 6 The License Agreement window - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 845
driver. Installing the screen fonts The screen fonts for Mac OS 9.0 - 9.2.2 are contained in the [Font] folder of the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit. Copy the fonts that you wish to install to the [System Folder] of the startup disk. If you experience problems - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 846
"Software CD-ROM". If the IP address of the machine is not configured, the machine will not be detected. Make sure that the IP address is configured correctly in "Network Settings" in the machine's system settings (administrator). ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Network Settings" Windows: If - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 847
Problem The machine is not detected (when connected to a network). The plug and play screen does not appear (USB connection in Windows). WHEN INSTALLATION WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL Point to check Is the machine power on? Is your computer connected correctly to the machine? Is the machine power on? Can - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 848
WHEN INSTALLATION WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL Problem The printer driver is not installed correctly by plug and play (USB connection in Windows). Point to check Did you connect the machine to your computer before installing the printer driver? Solution In Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/Server 2008, if - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 849
file has been copied to the following folder on the startup disk. [Library] - [Receipts] Delete the [MX-PKX.pkg] file from this folder. Mac OS 9.0 - 9.2.2 After deleting the icon of the printer that uses the machine's PPD file from the desktop, follow the steps below. 1 Insert the "Software CD-ROM - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 850
- Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 851
- Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 852
This manual has been printed using a vegetable-based soy oil ink to help protect the environment. PRINTED IN CHINA 2009B KS1 TINSE4370FCZZ MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N Software Setup Guide - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 853
installing this product, be sure to read the "CAUTIONS" and "INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS" sections. MODEL: MX-M283N MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N Keep this manual close at hand for reference whenever needed. CAUTIONS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SUPPLIES SPECIFICATIONS TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 854
the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. This machine contains the software having - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 855
for saddle stitch finisher 16 Printer specifications 17 Network scanner / Internet Fax specifications . . . 18 Pull scan function (TWAIN) specifications 19 Facsimile specifications 20 TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE . . 22 Factory default passwords 22 Forwarding all transmitted and received - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 856
manual. WARNING Indicates a risk of death or serious injury. CAUTION Indicates a risk of human injury or property damage. Meaning of the symbols The symbol indicates the need for caution. The specific your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. Using the machine in this condition may result - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 857
machine.) Lock Release The fusing unit is hot. When removing a misfeed, do not touch the fusing unit. Take care not to burn yourself. Fusing unit When loading . Store toner, toner containers (toner cartridges), and waste toner boxes out of the reach of children. When moving the machine, switch - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 858
North America and Europe) Output power 790 nm ± 10 nm MX-M283N/MX-M363N: 6.1 µs ± 8.3 ns /7 mm MX-M453N/MX-M503N: 4.8 µs ± 6.4 ns /7 mm Max 0.6 mW ( BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL SHARP DEALER OR AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE FOR ASSISTANCE IN DISPOSING OF THIS BATTERY. This - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 859
is not sufficient to be harmful; however, an unpleasant odor may be noticed during large copy runs, and thus the machine should be installed in a room with a ventilation fan or windows that provide sufficient air circulation. (The odor may occasionally cause headaches.) Dusty locations If dust - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 860
can replaced by the user include paper, toner cartridges, and staple cartridges for the finisher. Be sure to use only SHARP-specified products for the toner cartridges, finisher staple cartridge, saddle stitch finisher staple cartridge, and transparency film. For best copying results, be sure to - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 861
SPECIFICATIONS Machine specifications / copier specifications Name Digital Multifunctional System MX-M283N/MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N Type Desktop Photoconductive type OPC drum Printing method Electrophotographic system (laser) Developer system Dry-type two-component magnetic brush - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 862
SPECIFICATIONS Machine specifications / copier specifications (Continued) Paper sizes: 12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13 110 lbs. index (106 g/m2 to 209 g/m2)) Paper types: SHARP-recommended plain paper, recycled paper, colored paper, and heavy paper Output method - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 863
SPECIFICATIONS Continuous copying speeds* Model MX-M283N MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N Copy ratio 100% / Reduce / Enlarged 11" x 17", A3, 8K 15 copies/min. 17 copies/min. 20 copies/min. 22 copies/min. 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13-2/5", 8-1/2" x 13", B4 17 copies/min. 20 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 864
53 dB (A) 32 dB (A) 32 dB (A) MX-M503N 6.8 B 4.6 B 54 dB (A) 53 dB (A) 32 dB (A) 31 dB (A) Emission concentration (measurement according to RAL-UZ122: Edition Jun. 2006) Measured substance Ozone Dust Styrene Benzene Machine state During copying operation TVOC Standby Color mode Black & white - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 865
Exit tray unit (right tray) specifications Model MX-TRX2 Output method Face-down output Output capacity* 100 sheets (using SHARP-recommended 8-1/2" x B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, 216 mm x 330 mm (8-1/2" x 13") Supplied from the machine 28-11/32" (W) x 26-3/8" (D) x 11-15/16" (H) (720 mm (W) x 670 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 866
tray SHARP-recommended machine 28-11/32" (W) x 26-3/8" (D) x 11-15/16" (H) (720 mm (W) x 670 mm (D) x 303 mm (H)) (including adjuster) Approx. 51.9 lbs. (23.5 kg) Large capacity tray specifications* Model MX-LCX1 Paper sizes 8-1/2" x 11", A4 (paper size change must be performed by a service - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 867
SPECIFICATIONS Finisher specifications Model MX-FNX9 Paper sizes 12" x 18", 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 13", A3, B4, 8K) Power supply Supplied from the machine Dimensions 25-3/16" (W) x 23-27/64" (D) x 8-5/64" mm). *5 The maximum number of sheets for stapling assumes a paper weight of 24 lbs. (90 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 868
Finisher (large stacker) specifications*1 Model MX-FN11 Paper sizes 12" x 18", unit and stand/1x500 sheet paper drawer or stand/2x500 sheet paper drawer are required to connect the finisher (large stacker) to the machine can be loaded. *4 The maximum number of sheets for stapling assumes a - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 869
Saddle stitch finisher specifications*1 Model MX-FN10 Paper sizes Paper weight 8K) A3, B4, 8K) Power supply Supplied from the machine Dimensions Weight 25-53/64" (W) x 24-27/32 stapling / Number of sets (11 to 15 sheets), 15 sets (6 to 10 sheets), 20 sets (1 to 5 sheets) *1 Paper pass unit - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 870
mm (D) x 170 mm (H)) Weight Approx. 7.7 lbs. (3.5 kg) Punch module specifications (for finisher (large stacker)) Model MX-PNX6B Hole punching 3 holes or 2 holes Allowed paper sizes for punching 3 holes Special media such as transparency film and label sheets cannot be stapled or punched. 16 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 871
/ 1200 x 1200 dpi Printer driver type PCL5e, PCL6, PostScript 3 compatible*1, XPS*4 Supported protocols TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, EtherTalk*1 Supported client PC operating systems See "VERIFYING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS" in the Software Setup Guide. Fonts PCL5e, PCL6 PostScript 3 compatible*1 80 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 872
Scan destinations Scan to E-mail / Scan to FTP / Scan to Desktop / Scan to Network Folder *1 Internet fax expansion kit is required. *2 Enhanced compression kit is required. *3 Total number of all destinations (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, Scan to Network folder, Internet Fax, Fax - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 873
SPECIFICATIONS Pull scan function (TWAIN) specifications Supported protocol Supported client PC operating systems Color modes Resolution settings Scanning area TCP/IP (IPv4) Windows 98 / Me / 2000 / XP / Server 2003 / Vista/ Server 2008 Full Color, Grayscale, Mono Diffusion, Mono 2 gradation 75 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 874
is not included. Actual transmission times will vary depending on the contents of the document, the receiving machine type, and telephone line conditions. *2 Total number of all destinations (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, Scan to Network folder, Internet Fax, Fax and Group) 20 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 875
Contact at: ✂ Information that the administrator of the machine requires is printed on the back of this page. (Separate this page from the manual and keep it in a safe place. In addition, fill in the name of the administrator and the administrator's contact information in the left hand margin.) 21 - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 876
password users admin Forwarding all transmitted and received data to the administrator (document administration function) This function is used to forward all data transmitted and received by the machine to a specified destination (Scan to E-mail address, Scan to FTP destination, Scan to Network - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 877
-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your FAX machine, you should complete the following steps: See "Own Name and Destination Set" on page 7-78 of Operation Guide. Important safety instructions • If any of your telephone equipment is not operating properly, you - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 878
service. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, your telephone company may ask you to disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. If you have any questions or problems which cannot be solved by reading this manual, please contact. Sharp Electronics Corporation 1 Sharp - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 879
. Specifically, SHARP DOES NOT EXTEND TO YOU, THE END-USER, ANY EXPRESS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR USE OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE IN CONNECTION WITH THE HARDWARE, SOFTWARE OR FIRMWARE EMBODIED IN, OR USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS PRODUCT. Sharp is - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 880
TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE NOTICE FOR USERS IN CANADA "NOTICE : This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications." "NOTICE : est indiqué sur le kit d'extension télécopieur. Sharp Electronics of Canada Ltd. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 Canada - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 881
TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE Trademark acknowledgments The following trademarks and registered trademarks are used in conjunction with the machine and its peripheral devices and accessories. • Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® 98, Windows® Me, Windows NT® 4.0, Windows® 2000, Windows® XP, Windows - Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 882
- Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 883
- Sharp MX-M503 | MXM283 | MXM363 | MXM453 | MXM503 Operation Guide - Page 884
MX-M283N/MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N Safety Guide SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 1 Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, New Jersey 07495-1163. www.sharpusa.com SHARP ELECTRONICS OF CANADA LTD. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 This manual has been printed using a vegetable-based soy oil ink to
COPIER
PRINTER
FACSIMILE
SCANNER / INTERNET FAX
DOCUMENT FILING
TROUBLESHOOTING
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE
SYSTEM SETTINGS
About Operation Guide
MAKE A COPY
PRINT A DOCUMENT
SEND A FAX
SCAN AN IMAGE /
SEND AN INTERNET FAX
SAVE A JOB AND
REUSE IT LATER
MAINTAIN
THE MACHINE
Search based on
what you want to do
Search based on
what you want to do
Search using the
table of contents
Search using the
table of contents
OPERATION GUIDE